MoNTE48
/
irrlicht
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Merge from branch 1.4, revisions 1344:1352, which are the doc updates from the 1.4.1 release. 

git-svn-id: svn://svn.code.sf.net/p/irrlicht/code/trunk@1353 dfc29bdd-3216-0410-991c-e03cc46cb475
master
hybrid 2008-05-22 11:51:37 +00:00
parent a69531ee82
commit cdffc4a5d6
540 changed files with 5191 additions and 4476 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

4
changes.txt
View File

@ -53,7 +53,9 @@ Changes in version 1.5 (... 2008)
- Finally added StarSonata patch with table element and TabControl additions. Table is based on MultiColor listbox by Acki, and has loads of changes by CuteAlien.
-------------------------------------------
Changes in version 1.4.1 (??.4.2008)
Changes in version 1.4.1 (??.5.2008)
- MD3 meshes are movable again.
- New JPG image writer version by Vitek.

67
include/CMeshBuffer.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ namespace scene
class CMeshBuffer : public IMeshBuffer
{
public:
//! constructor
//! Default constructor for empty meshbuffer
CMeshBuffer():ChangedID(1),MappingHint(EHM_NEVER) // everything's default constructed
{
#ifdef _DEBUG
@ -25,60 +25,81 @@ namespace scene
#endif
}
//! returns the material of this meshbuffer
//! Get material of this meshbuffer
/** \return Material of this buffer */
virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const
{
return Material;
}
//! returns the material of this meshbuffer
//! Get material of this meshbuffer
/** \return Material of this buffer */
virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial()
{
return Material;
}
//! returns pointer to vertices
//! Get pointer to vertices
/** \return Pointer to vertices. */
virtual const void* getVertices() const
{
return Vertices.const_pointer();
}
//! returns pointer to vertices
//! Get pointer to vertices
/** \return Pointer to vertices. */
virtual void* getVertices()
{
return Vertices.pointer();
}
//! returns amount of vertices
//! Get number of vertices
/** \return Number of vertices. */
virtual u32 getVertexCount() const
{
return Vertices.size();
}
//! returns pointer to Indices
//! Get pointer to indices
/** \return Pointer to indices. */
virtual const u16* getIndices() const
{
return Indices.const_pointer();
}
//! returns pointer to Indices
//! Get pointer to indices
/** \return Pointer to indices. */
virtual u16* getIndices()
{
return Indices.pointer();
}
//! returns amount of indices
//! Get number of indices
/** \return Number of indices. */
virtual u32 getIndexCount() const
{
return Indices.size();
}
//! returns an axis aligned bounding box
//! Get the axis aligned bounding box
/** \return Axis aligned bounding box of this buffer. */
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const
{
return BoundingBox;
}
//! Set the axis aligned bounding box
/** \param box New axis aligned bounding box for this buffer. */
//! set user axis aligned bounding box
virtual void setBoundingBox(const core::aabbox3df& box)
{
@ -86,7 +107,8 @@ namespace scene
}
//! recalculates the bounding box. should be called if the mesh changed.
//! Recalculate the bounding box.
/** should be called if the mesh changed. */
virtual void recalculateBoundingBox()
{
if (Vertices.empty())
@ -99,7 +121,9 @@ namespace scene
}
}
//! returns which type of vertex data is stored.
//! Get type of vertex data stored in this buffer.
/** \return Type of vertex data. */
virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getVertexType() const
{
return T().getType();
@ -130,7 +154,11 @@ namespace scene
}
//! append the vertices and indices to the current buffer
//! Append the vertices and indices to the current buffer
/** Only works for compatible types, i.e. either the same type
or the main buffer is of standard type. Otherwise, behavior is
undefined.
*/
virtual void append(const void* const vertices, u32 numVertices, const u16* const indices, u32 numIndices)
{
if (vertices == getVertices())
@ -153,7 +181,13 @@ namespace scene
}
}
//! append the meshbuffer to the current buffer
//! Append the meshbuffer to the current buffer
/** Only works for compatible types, i.e. either the same type
or the main buffer is of standard type. Otherwise, behavior is
undefined.
\param other Meshbuffer to be appended to this one.
*/
virtual void append(const IMeshBuffer* const other)
{
if (this==other)
@ -209,8 +243,11 @@ namespace scene
core::aabbox3d<f32> BoundingBox;
};
//! Standard meshbuffer
typedef CMeshBuffer<video::S3DVertex> SMeshBuffer;
//! Meshbuffer with two texture coords per vertex, e.g. for lightmaps
typedef CMeshBuffer<video::S3DVertex2TCoords> SMeshBufferLightMap;
//! Meshbuffer with vertices having tangents stored, e.g. for normal mapping
typedef CMeshBuffer<video::S3DVertexTangents> SMeshBufferTangents;
} // end namespace scene
} // end namespace irr

2
include/ECullingTypes.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

6
include/EDebugSceneTypes.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -14,13 +14,13 @@ namespace scene
enum E_DEBUG_SCENE_TYPE
{
//! No Debug Data ( Default )
EDS_OFF = 0,
EDS_OFF = 0,
//! Show Bounding Boxes of SceneNode
EDS_BBOX = 1,
//! Show Vertex Normals
EDS_NORMALS = 2,
EDS_NORMALS = 2,
//! Shows Skeleton/Tags
EDS_SKELETON = 4,

2
include/EDriverFeatures.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

46
include/EDriverTypes.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -13,38 +13,44 @@ namespace video
//! An enum for all types of drivers the Irrlicht Engine supports.
enum E_DRIVER_TYPE
{
//! Null device, useful for applications to run the engine without visualisation.
//! The null device is able to load textures, but does not render and display
//! any graphics.
//! Null driver, useful for applications to run the engine
//! without visualisation. The null device is able to load
//! textures, but does not render and display any graphics.
EDT_NULL,
//! The Irrlicht Engine Software renderer, runs on all platforms,
//! with every hardware. It should only be used for 2d graphics,
//! but it can also perform some primitive 3d functions. These 3d drawing
//! functions are quite fast, but very inaccurate, and don't even support
//! clipping in 3D mode.
//! The Irrlicht Engine Software renderer, runs on all
//! platforms, with every hardware. It should only be used for
//! 2d graphics, but it can also perform some primitive 3d
//! functions. These 3d drawing functions are quite fast, but
//! very inaccurate, and don't even support clipping in 3D mode.
EDT_SOFTWARE,
//! The Burning's Software Renderer, an alternative software renderer for Irrlicht.
//! Basically it can be described as the Irrlicht Software renderer on steroids. It rasterizes
//! 3D geometry perfectly: It is able to perform correct 3d clipping, perspective
//! correct texture mapping, perspective correct color mapping, and renders
//! sub pixel correct, sub texel correct primitives. In addition, it does
//! bilinear texel filtering and supports more materials than the EDT_SOFTWARE driver.
//! This renderer has been written entirely by Thomas Alten, thanks a lot for this huge
//! The Burning's Software Renderer, an alternative software
//! renderer for Irrlicht. Basically it can be described as the
//! Irrlicht Software renderer on steroids. It rasterizes 3D
//! geometry perfectly: It is able to perform correct 3d
//! clipping, perspective correct texture mapping, perspective
//! correct color mapping, and renders sub pixel correct, sub
//! texel correct primitives. In addition, it does bilinear
//! texel filtering and supports more materials than the
//! EDT_SOFTWARE driver. This renderer has been written
//! entirely by Thomas Alten, thanks a lot for this huge
//! contribution.
EDT_BURNINGSVIDEO,
//! Direct3D 8 device, only available on Win32 platforms.
//! Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D primitives.
//! Direct3D8 device, only available on Win32 platforms.
//! Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D
//! primitives.
EDT_DIRECT3D8,
//! Direct3D 9 device, only available on Win32 platforms.
//! Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D primitives.
//! Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D
//! primitives.
EDT_DIRECT3D9,
//! OpenGL device, available on most platforms.
//! Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D primitives.
//! Performs hardware accelerated rendering of 3D and 2D
//! primitives.
EDT_OPENGL
};

2
include/EGUIElementTypes.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/EMaterialFlags.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

246
include/EMaterialTypes.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -13,37 +13,37 @@ namespace video
//! Abstracted and easy to use fixed function/programmable pipeline material modes.
enum E_MATERIAL_TYPE
{
//! Standard solid material. Only first texture is used, which is
//! supposed to be the diffuse material.
//! Standard solid material. Only first texture is used, which
//! is supposed to be the diffuse material.
EMT_SOLID = 0,
//! Solid material with 2 texture layers. The second is blended onto the
//! first using the alpha value of the vertex colors.
//! This material is currently not implemented in OpenGL, but it
//! works with DirectX.
//! Solid material with 2 texture layers. The second is blended
//! onto the first using the alpha value of the vertex colors.
//! This material is currently not implemented in OpenGL.
EMT_SOLID_2_LAYER,
//! Material type with standard lightmap technique:
//! There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a diffuse map,
//! the second is a light map. Vertex light is ignored.
//! There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a
//! diffuse map, the second is a light map. Dynamic light is
//! ignored.
EMT_LIGHTMAP,
//! Material type with lightmap technique like EMT_LIGHTMAP, but
//! lightmap and diffuse texture are not modulated, but added instead.
//! Material type with lightmap technique like EMT_LIGHTMAP. But
//! lightmap and diffuse texture are added instead of modulated.
EMT_LIGHTMAP_ADD,
//! Material type with standard lightmap technique:
//! There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a diffuse map,
//! the second is a light map. Vertex light is ignored.
//! The texture colors are effectively multiplyied by 2 for brightening.
//! like known in DirectX as D3DTOP_MODULATE2X.
//! There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a
//! diffuse map, the second is a light map. Dynamic light is
//! ignored. The texture colors are effectively multiplied by 2
//! for brightening. Like known in DirectX as D3DTOP_MODULATE2X.
EMT_LIGHTMAP_M2,
//! Material type with standard lightmap technique:
//! There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a diffuse map,
//! the second is a light map. Vertex light is ignored.
//! The texture colors are effectively multiplyied by 4 for brightening.
//! like known in DirectX as D3DTOP_MODULATE4X.
//! There should be 2 textures: The first texture layer is a
//! diffuse map, the second is a light map. Dynamic light is
//! ignored. The texture colors are effectively multiplyied by 4
//! for brightening. Like known in DirectX as D3DTOP_MODULATE4X.
EMT_LIGHTMAP_M4,
//! Like EMT_LIGHTMAP, but also supports dynamic lighting.
@ -55,133 +55,153 @@ namespace video
//! Like EMT_LIGHTMAP_4, but also supports dynamic lighting.
EMT_LIGHTMAP_LIGHTING_M4,
//! Detail mapped material. The first texture is diffuse color map, the
//! second is added to this and usually displayed with a bigger scale value
//! so that it adds more detail. The detail map is added to the diffuse map using
//! ADD_SIGNED, so that it is possible to add and substract color from the diffuse
//! map. For example a value of (127,127,127) will not change the appearance of
//! the diffuse map at all.
//! Often used for terrain rendering.
//! Detail mapped material. The first texture is diffuse color
//! map, the second is added to this and usually displayed with
//! a bigger scale value so that it adds more detail. The
//! detail map is added to the diffuse map using ADD_SIGNED, so
//! that it is possible to add and substract color from the
//! diffuse map. For example a value of (127,127,127) will not
//! change the appearance of the diffuse map at all. Often used
//! for terrain rendering.
EMT_DETAIL_MAP,
//! Makes the material look like it was reflection the environment
//! around it. To make this possible, a texture called 'sphere map'
//! is used, which must be set as Textures[0].
//! Makes the material look like it was reflection the
//! environment around it. To make this possible, a texture
//! called 'sphere map' is used, which must be set as the first
//! texture.
EMT_SPHERE_MAP,
//! A reflecting material with an
//! optional additional non reflecting texture layer. The reflection
//! map should be set as Texture 1.
//! A reflecting material with an optional additional non
//! reflecting texture layer. The reflection map should be set
//! as first texture.
EMT_REFLECTION_2_LAYER,
//! A transparent material. Only the first texture is used.
//! The new color is calculated by simply adding the source color and
//! the dest color. This means if for example a billboard using a texture with
//! black background and a red circle on it is drawn with this material, the
//! result is that only the red circle will be drawn a little bit transparent,
//! and everything which was black is 100% transparent and not visible.
//! This material type is useful for e.g. particle effects.
//! The new color is calculated by simply adding the source
//! color and the dest color. This means if for example a
//! billboard using a texture with black background and a red
//! circle on it is drawn with this material, the result is
//! that only the red circle will be drawn a little bit
//! transparent, and everything which was black is 100%
//! transparent and not visible. This material type is useful
//! for particle effects.
EMT_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR,
//! Makes the material transparent based on the texture alpha channel.
//! The final color is blended together from the destination color and the
//! texture color, using the alpha channel value as blend factor.
//! Only first texture is used. If you are using this material with small
//! textures, it is a good idea to load the texture in 32 bit
//! mode (video::IVideoDriver::setTextureCreationFlag()).
//! Also, an alpha ref is used, which can be manipulated using SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam.
//! If set to 0, the alpha ref gets its default value which is 0.5f and which means
//! that pixels with an alpha value >127 will be written, others not. In other, simple
//! words: this value controls how sharp the edges become when going from a
//! transparent to a solid spot on the texture.
//! Makes the material transparent based on the texture alpha
//! channel. The final color is blended together from the
//! destination color and the texture color, using the alpha
//! channel value as blend factor. Only first texture is used.
//! If you are using this material with small textures, it is a
//! good idea to load the texture in 32 bit mode
//! (video::IVideoDriver::setTextureCreationFlag()). Also, an
//! alpha ref is used, which can be manipulated using
//! SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam. If set to 0, the alpha ref
//! gets its default value which is 0.5f and means that
//! pixels with an alpha value >127 will be written, others not.
//! In other, simple words: this value controls how sharp the
//! edges become when going from a transparent to a solid spot
//! on the texture.
EMT_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_CHANNEL,
//! Makes the material transparent based on the texture alpha channel.
//! If the alpha channel value is greater than 127, a pixel is written to the
//! target, otherwise not. This material does not use alpha blending
//! and is a lot faster than EMT_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_CHANNEL. It
//! is ideal for drawing stuff like leafes of plants, because the borders
//! are not blurry but sharp.
//! Only first texture is used. If you are using this material with small
//! textures and 3d object, it is a good idea to load the texture in 32 bit
//! mode (video::IVideoDriver::setTextureCreationFlag()).
//! Makes the material transparent based on the texture alpha
//! channel. If the alpha channel value is greater than 127, a
//! pixel is written to the target, otherwise not. This
//! material does not use alpha blending and is a lot faster
//! than EMT_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_CHANNEL. It is ideal for drawing
//! stuff like leafes of plants, because the borders are not
//! blurry but sharp. Only first texture is used. If you are
//! using this material with small textures and 3d object, it
//! is a good idea to load the texture in 32 bit mode
//! (video::IVideoDriver::setTextureCreationFlag()).
EMT_TRANSPARENT_ALPHA_CHANNEL_REF,
//! Makes the material transparent based on the vertex alpha value.
//! Makes the material transparent based on the vertex alpha
//! value.
EMT_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA,
//! A transparent reflecting material with an
//! optional additional non reflecting texture layer. The reflection
//! map should be set as Texture 1. The transparency depends on the
//! alpha value in the vertex colors. A texture which will not reflect
//! can be set als Texture 2.
//! Please note that this material type is currently not 100% implemented
//! in OpenGL. It works in Direct3D.
//! A transparent reflecting material with an optional
//! additional non reflecting texture layer. The reflection map
//! should be set as first texture. The transparency depends on
//! the alpha value in the vertex colors. A texture which will
//! not reflect can be set as second texture. Please note that
//! this material type is currently not 100% implemented in
//! OpenGL.
EMT_TRANSPARENT_REFLECTION_2_LAYER,
//! A solid normal map renderer. First texture is the color map, the
//! second should be the normal map. Note that you should use this material
//! only when drawing geometry consisting of vertices of type S3DVertexTangents
//! (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into this format using
//! IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents() (See SpecialFX2 Tutorial).
//! This shader runs on vertex shader 1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and
//! falls back on a fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not available.
//! Only two lights are supported by this shader, if there are more, the nearest two
//! are chosen. Currently, this shader is only implemented for the D3D8 and D3D9 renderers.
//! A solid normal map renderer. First texture is the color
//! map, the second should be the normal map. Note that you
//! should use this material only when drawing geometry
//! consisting of vertices of type S3DVertexTangents
//! (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into this format
//! using IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents() (See
//! SpecialFX2 Tutorial). This shader runs on vertex shader
//! 1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and falls back to
//! a fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not
//! available. Only two lights are supported by this shader,
//! if there are more, the nearest two are chosen.
EMT_NORMAL_MAP_SOLID,
//! A transparent normal map renderer. First texture is the color map, the
//! second should be the normal map. Note that you should use this material
//! only when drawing geometry consisting of vertices of type S3DVertexTangents
//! (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into this format using
//! IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents() (See SpecialFX2 Tutorial).
//! This shader runs on vertex shader 1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and
//! falls back on a fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not available.
//! Only two lights are supported by this shader, if there are more, the nearest two
//! are chosen. Currently, this shader is only implemented for the D3D8 and D3D9 renderers.
//! A transparent normal map renderer. First texture is the
//! color map, the second should be the normal map. Note that
//! you should use this material only when drawing geometry
//! consisting of vertices of type S3DVertexTangents
//! (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into this format
//! using IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents() (See
//! SpecialFX2 Tutorial). This shader runs on vertex shader
//! 1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and falls back to
//! a fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not
//! available. Only two lights are supported by this shader,
//! if there are more, the nearest two are chosen.
EMT_NORMAL_MAP_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR,
//! A transparent (based on the vertex alpha value) normal map renderer.
//! First texture is the color map, the
//! second should be the normal map. Note that you should use this material
//! only when drawing geometry consisting of vertices of type S3DVertexTangents
//! (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert any mesh into this format using
//! IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents() (See SpecialFX2 Tutorial).
//! This shader runs on vertex shader 1.1 and pixel shader 1.1 capable hardware and
//! falls back on a fixed function lighted material if this hardware is not available.
//! Only two lights are supported by this shader, if there are more, the nearest two
//! are chosen. Currently, this shader is only implemented for the D3D8 and D3D9 renderers.
//! A transparent (based on the vertex alpha value) normal map
//! renderer. First texture is the color map, the second
//! should be the normal map. Note that you should use this
//! material only when drawing geometry consisting of vertices
//! of type S3DVertexTangents (EVT_TANGENTS). You can convert
//! any mesh into this format using
//! IMeshManipulator::createMeshWithTangents() (See SpecialFX2
//! Tutorial). This shader runs on vertex shader 1.1 and pixel
//! shader 1.1 capable hardware and falls back to a fixed
//! function lighted material if this hardware is not available.
//! Only two lights are supported by this shader, if there are
//! more, the nearest two are chosen.
EMT_NORMAL_MAP_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA,
//! Just like EMT_NORMAL_MAP_SOLID, but uses parallax mapping too, which
//! looks a lot more realistic. This only works when the hardware supports at
//! least vertex shader 1.1 and pixel shader 1.4.
//! First texture is the color map, the second should be the normal map.
//! The normal map texture should contain the height value in the
//! alpha component. The IVideoDriver::makeNormalMapTexture() method writes
//! this value automaticly when creating normal maps from a heightmap when using a 32 bit
//! texture.
//! The height scale of the material (affecting the bumpiness) is being controlled
//! by the SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam member.
//! If set to zero, the default value (0.02f) will be applied. Otherwise
//! the value set in SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam is taken. This value depends on with which
//! scale the texture is mapped on the material. Too high or low values of MaterialTypeParam
//! Just like EMT_NORMAL_MAP_SOLID, but uses parallax mapping
//! too, which looks a lot more realistic. This only works when
//! the hardware supports at least vertex shader 1.1 and pixel
//! shader 1.4. First texture is the color map, the second
//! should be the normal map. The normal map texture should
//! contain the height value in the alpha component. The
//! IVideoDriver::makeNormalMapTexture() method writes this
//! value automatically when creating normal maps from a
//! heightmap when using a 32 bit texture. The height scale of
//! the material (affecting the bumpiness) is being controlled
//! by the SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam member. If set to
//! zero, the default value (0.02f) will be applied. Otherwise
//! the value set in SMaterial::MaterialTypeParam is taken. This
//! value depends on with which scale the texture is mapped on
//! the material. Too high or low values of MaterialTypeParam
//! can result in strange artifacts.
EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID,
//! A material just like EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID, but it is transparent, using
//! EMT_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR as base material.
//! A material just like EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID, but it is
//! transparent, using EMT_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR as base
//! material.
EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_TRANSPARENT_ADD_COLOR,
//! A material just like EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID, but it is transparent, using
//! EMT_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA as base material.
//! A material just like EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_SOLID, but it is
//! transparent, using EMT_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA as base
//! material.
EMT_PARALLAX_MAP_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA,
//! BlendFunc = source * sourceFactor + dest * destFactor ( E_BLEND_FUNC )
//! Using only Textures[0]. generic Blender
//! Using only first texture. Generic blending method.
EMT_ONETEXTURE_BLEND,
//! This value is not used. It only forces this enumeration to compile in 32 bit.
//! This value is not used. It only forces this enumeration to
//! compile in 32 bit.
EMT_FORCE_32BIT = 0x7fffffff
};

2
include/EMeshWriterEnums.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

4
include/EMessageBoxFlags.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ enum EMESSAGE_BOX_FLAG
EMBF_NO = 0x8,
//! This value is not used. It only forces this enumeration to compile in 32 bit.
EMBF_FORCE_32BIT = 0x7fffffff
EMBF_FORCE_32BIT = 0x7fffffff
};
} // namespace gui

2
include/ESceneNodeAnimatorTypes.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

4
include/ESceneNodeTypes.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ namespace scene
ESNT_PARTICLE_SYSTEM = MAKE_IRR_ID('p','t','c','l'),
//! Quake3 Model Scene Node ( has tag to link to )
ESNT_MD3_SCENE_NODE = MAKE_IRR_ID('m','d','3','_'),
ESNT_MD3_SCENE_NODE = MAKE_IRR_ID('m','d','3','_'),
//! Unknown scene node
ESNT_UNKNOWN = MAKE_IRR_ID('u','n','k','n'),

2
include/ETerrainElements.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

17
include/IAnimatedMesh.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ namespace irr
{
namespace scene
{
//! Possible types of (animated) meshes.
enum E_ANIMATED_MESH_TYPE
{
//! Unknown animated mesh type.
@ -36,16 +36,15 @@ namespace scene
//! My3D Mesh, the file format by Zhuck Dimitry
EAMT_MY3D,
//! Pulsar LMTools .lmts file. This Irrlicht loader was
//! written by Jonas Petersen
//! Pulsar LMTools .lmts file. This Irrlicht loader was written by Jonas Petersen
EAMT_LMTS,
//! Cartography Shop .csm file. This loader was created by Saurav Mohapatra.
EAMT_CSM,
//! .oct file for Paul Nette's FSRad or from Murphy McCauley's
//! Blender .oct exporter. The oct file format contains 3D
//! geometry and lightmaps and can be loaded directly by Irrlicht
//! .oct file for Paul Nette's FSRad or from Murphy McCauley's Blender .oct exporter.
/** The oct file format contains 3D geometry and lightmaps and
can be loaded directly by Irrlicht */
EAMT_OCT,
//! generic skinned mesh
@ -61,7 +60,7 @@ namespace scene
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IAnimatedMesh() { }
//! Gets the frame count of the animated mesh.
@ -81,7 +80,7 @@ namespace scene
outside of this loop.
If startFrameLoop and endFrameLoop are both -1, they are ignored.
\param endFrameLoop: see startFrameLoop.
\return Returns the animated mesh based on a detail level. */
\return Returns the animated mesh based on a detail level. */
virtual IMesh* getMesh(s32 frame, s32 detailLevel=255, s32 startFrameLoop=-1, s32 endFrameLoop=-1) = 0;
//! Returns the type of the animated mesh.

34
include/IAnimatedMeshMD2.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -46,29 +46,29 @@ namespace scene
{
public:
// Get frame loop data for a default MD2 animation type.
//! \param l: The EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE to get the frames for.
//! \param outBegin: The returned beginning frame for animation type specified.
//! \param outEnd: The returned ending frame for the animation type specified.
//! \param outFPS: The number of frames per second, this animation should be played at.
//! \return Returns the beginframe, endframe and frames per second for a default MD2 animation type.
//! Get frame loop data for a default MD2 animation type.
/** \param l The EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE to get the frames for.
\param outBegin The returned beginning frame for animation type specified.
\param outEnd The returned ending frame for the animation type specified.
\param outFPS The number of frames per second, this animation should be played at.
\return beginframe, endframe and frames per second for a default MD2 animation type. */
virtual void getFrameLoop(EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE l, s32& outBegin,
s32& outEnd, s32& outFPS) const = 0;
// Get frame loop data for a special MD2 animation type, identified by name.
//! \param name: Name of the animation.
//! \param outBegin: The returned beginning frame for animation type specified.
//! \param outEnd: The returned ending frame for the animation type specified.
//! \param outFPS: The number of frames per second, this animation should be played at.
//! \return Returns the beginframe, endframe and frames per second for a special MD2 animation type.
virtual bool getFrameLoop(const c8* name,
//! Get frame loop data for a special MD2 animation type, identified by name.
/** \param name Name of the animation.
\param outBegin The returned beginning frame for animation type specified.
\param outEnd The returned ending frame for the animation type specified.
\param outFPS The number of frames per second, this animation should be played at.
\return beginframe, endframe and frames per second for a special MD2 animation type. */
virtual bool getFrameLoop(const c8* name,
s32& outBegin, s32& outEnd, s32& outFPS) const = 0;
//! Returns amount of md2 animations in this file.
//! Get amount of md2 animations in this file.
virtual s32 getAnimationCount() const = 0;
//! Returns name of md2 animation.
//! \param nr: Zero based index of animation.
//! Get name of md2 animation.
/** \param nr: Zero based index of animation. */
virtual const c8* getAnimationName(s32 nr) const = 0;
};

68
include/IAnimatedMeshMD3.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt / Thomas Alten
// Copyright (C) 2007-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt / Thomas Alten
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -23,8 +23,7 @@ namespace scene
EMD3_NUMMODELS
};
// Animation list
//! Animation list
enum EMD3_ANIMATION_TYPE
{
// Animations for both lower and upper parts of the player
@ -64,15 +63,19 @@ namespace scene
struct SMD3AnimationInfo
{
s32 first; // First frame
s32 num; // Last frame
s32 looping; // Looping frames
s32 fps; // Frames per second
//! First frame
s32 first;
//! Last frame
s32 num;
//! Looping frames
s32 looping;
//! Frames per second
s32 fps;
};
// byte-align structures
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined (__BCPLUSPLUS__)
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined (__BCPLUSPLUS__)
# pragma pack( push, packing )
# pragma pack( 1 )
# define PACK_STRUCT
@ -82,36 +85,37 @@ namespace scene
# error compiler not supported
#endif
// this holds the header info of the MD3 file
//! this holds the header info of the MD3 file
struct SMD3Header
{
c8 headerID[4]; //id of file, always "IDP3"
s32 Version; //this is a version number, always 15
s8 fileName[68]; //sometimes left Blank... 65 chars, 32bit aligned == 68 chars
c8 headerID[4]; //id of file, always "IDP3"
s32 Version; //this is a version number, always 15
s8 fileName[68]; //sometimes left Blank... 65 chars, 32bit aligned == 68 chars
s32 numFrames; //number of KeyFrames
s32 numTags; //number of 'tags' per frame
s32 numMeshes; //number of meshes/skins
s32 numMaxSkins; //maximum number of unique skins used in md3 file
s32 headerSize; //always equal to the length of this header
s32 tagStart; //starting position of tag-structures
s32 tagEnd; //ending position of tag-structures/starting position of mesh-structures
s32 numMeshes; //number of meshes/skins
s32 numMaxSkins; //maximum number of unique skins used in md3 file
s32 headerSize; //always equal to the length of this header
s32 tagStart; //starting position of tag-structures
s32 tagEnd; //ending position of tag-structures/starting position of mesh-structures
s32 fileSize;
};
//! this holds the header info of an MD3 mesh section
struct SMD3MeshHeader
{
c8 meshID[4]; //id, must be IDP3
c8 meshID[4]; //id, must be IDP3
c8 meshName[68]; //name of mesh 65 chars, 32 bit aligned == 68 chars
s32 numFrames; //number of meshframes in mesh
s32 numShader; //number of skins in mesh
s32 numVertices; //number of vertices
s32 numTriangles; //number of Triangles
s32 numFrames; //number of meshframes in mesh
s32 numShader; //number of skins in mesh
s32 numVertices; //number of vertices
s32 numTriangles; //number of Triangles
s32 offset_triangles; //starting position of Triangle data, relative to start of Mesh_Header
s32 offset_shaders; //size of header
s32 offset_st; //starting position of texvector data, relative to start of Mesh_Header
s32 vertexStart; //starting position of vertex data,relative to start of Mesh_Header
s32 offset_triangles; //starting position of Triangle data, relative to start of Mesh_Header
s32 offset_shaders; //size of header
s32 offset_st; //starting position of texvector data, relative to start of Mesh_Header
s32 vertexStart; //starting position of vertex data,relative to start of Mesh_Header
s32 offset_end;
};
@ -123,7 +127,7 @@ namespace scene
u8 normal[2];
};
//! Texure Coordinate
//! Texture Coordinate
struct SMD3TexCoord
{
f32 u;
@ -138,7 +142,7 @@ namespace scene
// Default alignment
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined (__BCPLUSPLUS__)
#if defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined (__BCPLUSPLUS__)
# pragma pack( pop, packing )
#endif
@ -156,7 +160,7 @@ namespace scene
};
//! hold a tag info for connecting meshes
//! basically its an alternate way to describe a transformation
/** Basically its an alternate way to describe a transformation. */
struct SMD3QuaterionTag
{
SMD3QuaterionTag() {}
@ -196,7 +200,7 @@ namespace scene
core::quaternion rotation;
};
// holds a assoziative list of named quaternions
//! holds a associative list of named quaternions
struct SMD3QuaterionTagList : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
SMD3QuaterionTag* get ( const core::stringc& name )
@ -243,11 +247,13 @@ namespace scene
{
public:
//! tune how many frames you want to render inbetween
//! tune how many frames you want to render inbetween.
virtual void setInterpolationShift ( u32 shift, u32 loopMode ) = 0;
//! get the tag list of the mesh.
virtual SMD3QuaterionTagList *getTagList(s32 frame, s32 detailLevel, s32 startFrameLoop, s32 endFrameLoop) = 0;
//! get the original md3 mesh.
virtual SMD3Mesh * getOriginalMesh () = 0;
};

177
include/IAnimatedMeshSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -18,13 +18,13 @@ namespace scene
enum E_JOINT_UPDATE_ON_RENDER
{
// do nothing
//! do nothing
EJUOR_NONE = 0,
// get joints positions from the mesh (for attached nodes, etc)
//! get joints positions from the mesh (for attached nodes, etc)
EJUOR_READ,
// control joint positions in the mesh (eg. ragdolls, or set the animation from animateJoints() )
//! control joint positions in the mesh (eg. ragdolls, or set the animation from animateJoints() )
EJUOR_CONTROL,
//! count of all available interpolation modes
@ -32,28 +32,27 @@ namespace scene
};
class IAnimatedMeshSceneNode;
//! Callback interface for catching events of ended animations.
/** Implement this interface and use
IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setAnimationEndCallback to be able to
be notified if an animation playback has ended.
IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setAnimationEndCallback to be able to
be notified if an animation playback has ended.
**/
class IAnimationEndCallBack : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! Will be called when the animation playback has ended.
//! See IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setAnimationEndCallback for
//! more informations.
//! \param node: Node of which the animation has ended.
/** See IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setAnimationEndCallback for
more informations.
\param node: Node of which the animation has ended. */
virtual void OnAnimationEnd(IAnimatedMeshSceneNode* node) = 0;
};
//! Scene node capable of displaying an animated mesh and its shadow.
/** The shadow is optional: If a shadow should be displayed too, just invoke
the IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::createShadowVolumeSceneNode().*/
/** The shadow is optional: If a shadow should be displayed too, just
invoke the IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::createShadowVolumeSceneNode().*/
class IAnimatedMeshSceneNode : public ISceneNode
{
public:
@ -69,92 +68,95 @@ namespace scene
virtual ~IAnimatedMeshSceneNode() {}
//! Sets the current frame number.
//! From now on the animation is played from this frame.
//! \param frame: Number of the frame to let the animation be started from.
//! The frame number must be a valid frame number of the IMesh used by this
//! scene node. Set IAnimatedMesh::getMesh() for details.
/** From now on the animation is played from this frame.
\param frame: Number of the frame to let the animation be started from.
The frame number must be a valid frame number of the IMesh used by this
scene node. Set IAnimatedMesh::getMesh() for details. */
virtual void setCurrentFrame(f32 frame) = 0;
//! Sets the frame numbers between the animation is looped.
//! The default is 0 - MaximalFrameCount of the mesh.
//! \param begin: Start frame number of the loop.
//! \param end: End frame number of the loop.
//! \return Returns true if successful, false if not.
/** The default is 0 - MaximalFrameCount of the mesh.
\param begin: Start frame number of the loop.
\param end: End frame number of the loop.
\return True if successful, false if not. */
virtual bool setFrameLoop(s32 begin, s32 end) = 0;
//! Sets the speed with witch the animation is played.
//! \param framesPerSecond: Frames per second played.
/** \param framesPerSecond: Frames per second played. */
virtual void setAnimationSpeed(f32 framesPerSecond) = 0;
//! Creates shadow volume scene node as child of this node
//! and returns a pointer to it. The shadow can be rendered using the ZPass
//! or the zfail method. ZPass is a little bit faster because the shadow volume
//! creation is easier, but with this method there occur ugly looking artifacs
//! when the camera is inside the shadow volume. These error do not occur
//! with the ZFail method.
//! \param id: Id of the shadow scene node. This id can be used to identify
//! the node later.
//! \param zfailmethod: If set to true, the shadow will use the zfail method,
//! if not, zpass is used.
//! \param infinity: Value used by the shadow volume algorithm to scale the
//! shadow volume.
//! \return Returns pointer to the created shadow scene node.
//! This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information.
//! Creates shadow volume scene node as child of this node.
/** The shadow can be rendered using the ZPass or the zfail
method. ZPass is a little bit faster because the shadow volume
creation is easier, but with this method there occur ugly
looking artifacs when the camera is inside the shadow volume.
These error do not occur with the ZFail method.
\param id: Id of the shadow scene node. This id can be used to
identify the node later.
\param zfailmethod: If set to true, the shadow will use the
zfail method, if not, zpass is used.
\param infinity: Value used by the shadow volume algorithm to
scale the shadow volume.
\return Pointer to the created shadow scene node. This pointer
should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
information. */
virtual IShadowVolumeSceneNode* addShadowVolumeSceneNode(s32 id=-1,
bool zfailmethod=true, f32 infinity=10000.0f) = 0;
//! Returns a pointer to a joint in the mesh (if the mesh is a bone based mesh)
//! With this method it is possible to attach scene nodes to joints
//! for example possible to attach a weapon to the left hand of an
//! animated model. This example shows how:
//! \code
//! ISceneNode* hand =
//! yourAnimatedMeshSceneNode->getJointNode("LeftHand");
//! hand->addChild(weaponSceneNode);
//! \endcode
//! Please note that the joint returned by this method may not exist
//! before this call and the joints in the node were created by it.
//! \param jointName: Name of the joint.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the scene node which represents the joint
//! with the specified name. Returns 0 if the contained mesh is not an
//! skinned mesh or the name of the joint could not be found.
//! Get a pointer to a joint in the mesh (if the mesh is a bone based mesh).
/** With this method it is possible to attach scene nodes to
joints for example possible to attach a weapon to the left hand
of an animated model. This example shows how:
\code
ISceneNode* hand =
yourAnimatedMeshSceneNode->getJointNode("LeftHand");
hand->addChild(weaponSceneNode);
\endcode
Please note that the joint returned by this method may not exist
before this call and the joints in the node were created by it.
\param jointName: Name of the joint.
\return Pointer to the scene node which represents the joint
with the specified name. Returns 0 if the contained mesh is not
an skinned mesh or the name of the joint could not be found. */
virtual IBoneSceneNode* getJointNode(const c8* jointName)=0;
//! same as getJointNode(const c8* jointName), but based on id
virtual IBoneSceneNode* getJointNode(u32 jointID) = 0;
//! Gets joint count.
//! \return Returns amount of joints in the mesh.
/** \return Amount of joints in the mesh. */
virtual u32 getJointCount() const = 0;
//! Redundant command, please use getJointNode (only for backwards compatibility)
//! Deprecated command, please use getJointNode
virtual ISceneNode* getMS3DJointNode(const c8* jointName) = 0;
//! Redundant command, please use getJointNode (only for backwards compatibility)
//! Deprecated command, please use getJointNode
virtual ISceneNode* getXJointNode(const c8* jointName) = 0;
//! Starts a default MD2 animation.
//! With this method it is easily possible to start a Run, Attack,
//! Die or whatever animation, if the mesh contained in this scene
//! node is an md2 mesh. Otherwise, nothing happens.
//! \param anim: An MD2 animation type, which should be played, for
//! example EMAT_STAND for the standing animation.
//! \return Returns true if successful, and false if not, for example
//! if the mesh in the scene node is not a md2 mesh.
/** With this method it is easily possible to start a Run,
Attack, Die or whatever animation, if the mesh contained in
this scene node is an md2 mesh. Otherwise, nothing happens.
\param anim: An MD2 animation type, which should be played, for
example EMAT_STAND for the standing animation.
\return True if successful, and false if not, for example if
the mesh in the scene node is not a md2 mesh. */
virtual bool setMD2Animation(EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE anim) = 0;
//! Starts a special MD2 animation.
//! With this method it is easily possible to start a Run, Attack,
//! Die or whatever animation, if the mesh contained in this scene
//! node is an md2 mesh. Otherwise, nothing happens. This method uses
//! a character string to identify the animation. If the animation is a
//! standard md2 animation, you might want to start this animation
//! with the EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE enumeration instead.
//! \param animationName: Name of the animation which should be played.
//! \return Returns true if successful, and false if not, for example
//! if the mesh in the scene node is not an md2 mesh, or no animation
//! with this name could be found.
/** With this method it is easily possible to start a Run,
Attack, Die or whatever animation, if the mesh contained in
this scene node is an md2 mesh. Otherwise, nothing happens.
This method uses a character string to identify the animation.
If the animation is a standard md2 animation, you might want to
start this animation with the EMD2_ANIMATION_TYPE enumeration
instead.
\param animationName: Name of the animation which should be
played.
\return Returns true if successful, and false if not, for
example if the mesh in the scene node is not an md2 mesh, or no
animation with this name could be found. */
virtual bool setMD2Animation(const c8* animationName) = 0;
//! Returns the current displayed frame number.
@ -164,19 +166,20 @@ namespace scene
//! Returns the current end frame number.
virtual s32 getEndFrame() const = 0;
//! Sets looping mode which is on by default. If set to false,
//! animations will not be played looped.
//! Sets looping mode which is on by default.
/** If set to false, animations will not be played looped. */
virtual void setLoopMode(bool playAnimationLooped) = 0;
//! Sets a callback interface which will be called if an animation
//! playback has ended. Set this to 0 to disable the callback again.
//! Please note that this will only be called when in non looped mode,
//! see IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setLoopMode().
//! Sets a callback interface which will be called if an animation playback has ended.
/** Set this to 0 to disable the callback again.
Please note that this will only be called when in non looped
mode, see IAnimatedMeshSceneNode::setLoopMode(). */
virtual void setAnimationEndCallback(IAnimationEndCallBack* callback=0) = 0;
//! Sets if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style.
/* In this way it is possible to change the materials a mesh causing all mesh scene nodes
referencing this mesh to change too. */
/* In this way it is possible to change the materials a mesh
causing all mesh scene nodes referencing this mesh to change
too. */
virtual void setReadOnlyMaterials(bool readonly) = 0;
//! Returns if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style
@ -188,24 +191,24 @@ namespace scene
//! Returns the current mesh
virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMesh(void) = 0;
//! returns the absolute transformation for a special MD3 Tag if the mesh is a md3 mesh,
//! or the absolutetransformation if it's a normal scenenode
//! Get the absolute transformation for a special MD3 Tag if the mesh is a md3 mesh, or the absolutetransformation if it's a normal scenenode
virtual const SMD3QuaterionTag& getMD3TagTransformation( const core::stringc & tagname) = 0;
//! Set how the joints should be updated on render
//! 0-do nothing
//! 1-get joints positions from the mesh (for attached nodes, etc)
//! 2-control joint positions in the mesh (eg. ragdolls, or set the animation from animateJoints() )
virtual void setJointMode(E_JOINT_UPDATE_ON_RENDER mode)=0;
//! Sets the transition time in seconds (note: This needs to enable joints, and setJointmode maybe set to 2)
//! you must call animateJoints(), or the mesh will not ani\mate
//! Sets the transition time in seconds
/** Note: This needs to enable joints, and setJointmode set to
EJUOR_CONTROL. You must call animateJoints(), or the mesh will
not animate. */
virtual void setTransitionTime(f32 Time) =0;
//! animates the joints in the mesh based on the current frame (also takes in to account transitions)
//! animates the joints in the mesh based on the current frame.
/** Also takes in to account transitions. */
virtual void animateJoints(bool CalculateAbsolutePositions=true) = 0;
//! render mesh ignoring it's transformation. Used with ragdolls. (culling is unaffected)
//! render mesh ignoring it's transformation.
/** Used with ragdolls. Culling is unaffected. */
virtual void setRenderFromIdentity( bool On )=0;
};

20
include/IAttributeExchangingObject.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ namespace io
class IAttributes;
//! Enumation flags passed through SAttributeReadWriteOptions to the IAttributeExchangingObject object
//! Enumeration flags passed through SAttributeReadWriteOptions to the IAttributeExchangingObject object
enum E_ATTRIBUTE_READ_WRITE_FLAGS
{
//! Serialization/Deserializion is done for an xml file
@ -30,19 +30,19 @@ enum E_ATTRIBUTE_READ_WRITE_FLAGS
};
//! struct holding data describing options
//! struct holding data describing options
struct SAttributeReadWriteOptions
{
//! constructor
//! Constructor
SAttributeReadWriteOptions()
: Flags(0), Filename(0)
{
}
//! Combination of E_ATTRIBUTE_READ_WRITE_FLAGS or other, custom ones
s32 Flags;
s32 Flags;
//! optional filename
//! Optional filename
const c8* Filename;
};
@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ class IAttributeExchangingObject : virtual public IReferenceCounted
public:
//! Writes attributes of the object.
//! Implement this to expose the attributes of your scene node animator for
//! scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml serialization purposes.
/** Implement this to expose the attributes of your scene node animator for
scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml serialization purposes. */
virtual void serializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* out, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) const {}
//! Reads attributes of the object.
//! Implement this to set the attributes of your scene node animator for
//! scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml deserialization purposes.
/** Implement this to set the attributes of your scene node animator for
scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml deserialization purposes. */
virtual void deserializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* in, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) {}
};

95
include/IAttributes.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public:
//! Returns amount of attributes in this collection of attributes.
virtual u32 getAttributeCount() const = 0;
//! Returns attribute name by index.
//! Returns attribute name by index.
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
virtual const c8* getAttributeName(s32 index) = 0;
@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ public:
//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
virtual E_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE getAttributeType(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
//! Returns attribute type by index.
//! Returns attribute type by index.
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
virtual E_ATTRIBUTE_TYPE getAttributeType(s32 index) = 0;
@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ public:
//! \param attributeName: String for the attribute type
virtual const wchar_t* getAttributeTypeString(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
//! Returns the type string of the attribute by index.
//! Returns the type string of the attribute by index.
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
virtual const wchar_t* getAttributeTypeString(s32 index) = 0;
@ -154,9 +154,10 @@ public:
virtual void clear() = 0;
//! Reads attributes from a xml file.
//! \param readCurrentElementOnly: If set to true, reading only works if current element has the name 'attributes' or
//! \param reader The XML reader to read from
//! \param readCurrentElementOnly If set to true, reading only works if current element has the name 'attributes' or
//! the name specified using elementName.
//! \param elementName: The surrounding element name. If it is null, the default one, "attributes" will be taken.
//! \param elementName The surrounding element name. If it is null, the default one, "attributes" will be taken.
//! If set to false, the first appearing list of attributes are read.
virtual bool read(io::IXMLReader* reader, bool readCurrentElementOnly=false, const wchar_t* elementName=0) = 0;
@ -224,28 +225,29 @@ public:
//! Adds an attribute as string
virtual void addString(const c8* attributeName, const c8* value) = 0;
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
//! \param value: Value for the attribute. Set this to 0 to delete the attribute
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const c8* value) = 0;
//! Gets an attribute as string.
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
//! or 0 if attribute is not set.
virtual core::stringc getAttributeAsString(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
//! Gets an attribute as string.
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
//! \param target: Buffer where the string is copied to.
//! \param attributeName Name of the attribute to get.
//! \param target Buffer where the string is copied to.
virtual void getAttributeAsString(const c8* attributeName, c8* target) = 0;
//! Returns attribute value as string by index.
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
//! Returns attribute value as string by index.
//! \param index Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
virtual core::stringc getAttributeAsString(s32 index) = 0;
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
//! \param index Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
//! \param value String to which the attribute is set.
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const c8* value) = 0;
// wide strings
@ -253,14 +255,14 @@ public:
//! Adds an attribute as string
virtual void addString(const c8* attributeName, const wchar_t* value) = 0;
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
//! \param value: Value for the attribute. Set this to 0 to delete the attribute
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const wchar_t* value) = 0;
//! Gets an attribute as string.
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
//! or 0 if attribute is not set.
virtual core::stringw getAttributeAsStringW(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
@ -269,12 +271,13 @@ public:
//! \param target: Buffer where the string is copied to.
virtual void getAttributeAsStringW(const c8* attributeName, wchar_t* target) = 0;
//! Returns attribute value as string by index.
//! Returns attribute value as string by index.
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
virtual core::stringw getAttributeAsStringW(s32 index) = 0;
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
//! Sets an attribute value as string.
//! \param index Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
//! \param value String to which the attribute is set.
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, const wchar_t* value) = 0;
/*
@ -290,11 +293,17 @@ public:
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, void* data, s32 dataSizeInBytes ) = 0;
//! Gets an attribute as binary data
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
/** \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
\param outData Pointer to buffer where data shall be stored.
\param maxSizeInBytes Maximum number of bytes to write into outData.
*/
virtual void getAttributeAsBinaryData(const c8* attributeName, void* outData, s32 maxSizeInBytes) = 0;
//! Gets an attribute as binary data
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
/** \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
\param outData Pointer to buffer where data shall be stored.
\param maxSizeInBytes Maximum number of bytes to write into outData.
*/
virtual void getAttributeAsBinaryData(s32 index, void* outData, s32 maxSizeInBytes) = 0;
//! Sets an attribute as binary data
@ -302,26 +311,24 @@ public:
/*
Array Attribute
*/
//! Adds an attribute as wide string array
virtual void addArray(const c8* attributeName, core::array<core::stringw> value) = 0;
//! Sets an attribute value as a wide string array.
//! Sets an attribute value as a wide string array.
//! \param attributeName: Name for the attribute
//! \param value: Value for the attribute. Set this to 0 to delete the attribute
virtual void setAttribute(const c8* attributeName, const core::array<core::stringw> value) = 0;
//! Gets an attribute as an array of wide strings.
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
//! or 0 if attribute is not set.
virtual core::array<core::stringw> getAttributeAsArray(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
//! Returns attribute value as an array of wide strings by index.
//! Returns attribute value as an array of wide strings by index.
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
virtual core::array<core::stringw> getAttributeAsArray(s32 index) = 0;
@ -343,7 +350,7 @@ public:
//! Gets an attribute as boolean value
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
virtual bool getAttributeAsBool(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
//! Gets an attribute as boolean value
@ -374,27 +381,37 @@ public:
virtual const c8* getAttributeAsEnumeration(const c8* attributeName) = 0;
//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
//! \param enumerationLiteralsToUse: Use these enumeration literals to get the index value instead of the set ones.
//! This is useful when the attribute list maybe was read from an xml file, and only contains the enumeration string, but
//! no information about its index.
//! \return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
/** \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
\param enumerationLiteralsToUse: Use these enumeration literals to get
the index value instead of the set ones. This is useful when the
attribute list maybe was read from an xml file, and only contains the
enumeration string, but no information about its index.
\return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
*/
virtual s32 getAttributeAsEnumeration(const c8* attributeName, const c8* const* enumerationLiteralsToUse) = 0;
//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
/** \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
\param enumerationLiteralsToUse: Use these enumeration literals to get
the index value instead of the set ones. This is useful when the
attribute list maybe was read from an xml file, and only contains the
enumeration string, but no information about its index.
\return Returns value of the attribute previously set by setAttribute()
*/
virtual s32 getAttributeAsEnumeration(s32 index, const c8* const* enumerationLiteralsToUse) = 0;
//! Gets an attribute as enumeration
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
virtual const c8* getAttributeAsEnumeration(s32 index) = 0;
//! Gets the list of enumeration literals of an enumeration attribute
//! \param attributeName: Name of the attribute to get.
//! Gets the list of enumeration literals of an enumeration attribute
//! \param attributeName Name of the attribute to get.
//! \param outLiterals Set of strings to choose the enum name from.
virtual void getAttributeEnumerationLiteralsOfEnumeration(const c8* attributeName, core::array<core::stringc>& outLiterals) = 0;
//! Gets the list of enumeration literals of an enumeration attribute
//! Gets the list of enumeration literals of an enumeration attribute
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
//! \param outLiterals Set of strings to choose the enum name from.
virtual void getAttributeEnumerationLiteralsOfEnumeration(s32 index, core::array<core::stringc>& outLiterals) = 0;
//! Sets an attribute as enumeration
@ -471,7 +488,7 @@ public:
//! Gets an attribute as 3d vector
//! \param index: Index value, must be between 0 and getAttributeCount()-1.
virtual core::vector3df getAttributeAsVector3d(s32 index) = 0;
//! Sets an attribute as vector
virtual void setAttribute(s32 index, core::vector3df v) = 0;
@ -525,10 +542,8 @@ public:
/*
matrix attribute
*/
*/
//! Adds an attribute as matrix
virtual void addMatrix(const c8* attributeName, const core::matrix4& v) = 0;

16
include/IBillboardSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -21,8 +21,8 @@ class IBillboardSceneNode : virtual public ISceneNode
{
public:
//! constructor
IBillboardSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
//! Constructor
IBillboardSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0))
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position) {}
@ -33,17 +33,17 @@ public:
virtual const core::dimension2d<f32>& getSize() const = 0;
//! Set the color of all vertices of the billboard
//! \param overallColor: the color to set
/** \param overallColor: the color to set */
virtual void setColor(const video::SColor & overallColor) = 0;
//! Set the color of the top and bottom vertices of the billboard
//! \param topColor: the color to set the top vertices
//! \param bottomColor: the color to set the bottom vertices
/** \param topColor: the color to set the top vertices
\param bottomColor: the color to set the bottom vertices */
virtual void setColor(const video::SColor & topColor, const video::SColor & bottomColor) = 0;
//! Gets the color of the top and bottom vertices of the billboard
//! \param topColor: stores the color of the top vertices
//! \param bottomColor: stores the color of the bottom vertices
/** \param topColor: stores the color of the top vertices
\param bottomColor: stores the color of the bottom vertices */
virtual void getColor(video::SColor & topColor, video::SColor & bottomColor) const = 0;
};

26
include/IBoneSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,8 +1,10 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
#ifndef __I_BONE_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
#define __I_BONE_SCENE_NODE_H_INCLUDED__
// Used with ISkinnedMesh and IAnimatedMeshSceneNode, for boned meshes
#include "ISceneNode.h"
namespace irr
@ -16,8 +18,7 @@ namespace scene
//! The bone is usually animated, unless it's parent is not animated
EBAM_AUTOMATIC=0,
//! The bone is animated by the skin, if it's parent is not animated
//! then animation will resume from this bone onward
//! The bone is animated by the skin, if it's parent is not animated then animation will resume from this bone onward
EBAM_ANIMATED,
//! The bone is not animated by the skin
@ -49,6 +50,8 @@ namespace scene
};
//! Interface for bones used for skeletal animation.
/** Used with ISkinnedMesh and IAnimatedMeshSceneNode. */
class IBoneSceneNode : public ISceneNode
{
public:
@ -56,27 +59,30 @@ namespace scene
IBoneSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id=-1) :
ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id),positionHint(-1),scaleHint(-1),rotationHint(-1) { }
//! Returns the name of the bone
//! Get the name of the bone
virtual const c8* getBoneName() const = 0;
//! Returns the index of the bone
//! Get the index of the bone
virtual u32 getBoneIndex() const = 0;
//! Sets the animation mode of the bone. Returns true if successful. (Unused)
//! Sets the animation mode of the bone.
/** \return True if successful. (Unused) */
virtual bool setAnimationMode(E_BONE_ANIMATION_MODE mode) = 0;
//! Gets the current animation mode of the bone
virtual E_BONE_ANIMATION_MODE getAnimationMode() const = 0;
//! returns the axis aligned bounding box of this node
//! Get the axis aligned bounding box of this node
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
//! Returns the relative transformation of the scene node.
//virtual core::matrix4 getRelativeTransformation() const = 0;
//! The animation method.
virtual void OnAnimate(u32 timeMs) =0;
//! Does nothing as bones are not visible
//! The render method.
/** Does nothing as bones are not visible. */
virtual void render() { }
//! How the relative transformation of the bone is used
@ -85,7 +91,7 @@ namespace scene
//! How the relative transformation of the bone is used
virtual E_BONE_SKINNING_SPACE getSkinningSpace() const =0;
//! updates the absolute position based on the relative and the parents position
//! Updates the absolute position based on the relative and the parents position
virtual void updateAbsolutePositionOfAllChildren()=0;
s32 positionHint;

24
include/ICameraSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ namespace scene
public:
//! Constructor
ICameraSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
ICameraSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
const core::vector3df& scale = core::vector3df(1.0f,1.0f,1.0f))
@ -34,12 +34,12 @@ namespace scene
//! Destructor
virtual ~ICameraSceneNode() {}
//! Sets the projection matrix of the camera.
//! Sets the projection matrix of the camera.
/** The core::matrix4 class has some methods
to build a projection matrix. e.g: core::matrix4::buildProjectionMatrixPerspectiveFovLH.
Note that the matrix will only stay as set by this method until one of
Note that the matrix will only stay as set by this method until one of
the following Methods are called: setNearValue, setFarValue, setAspectRatio, setFOV.
\param projection: The new projection matrix of the camera. */
\param projection: The new projection matrix of the camera. */
virtual void setProjectionMatrix(const core::matrix4& projection) = 0;
//! Gets the current projection matrix of the camera.
@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ namespace scene
//! It is possible to send mouse and key events to the camera.
/** Most cameras
may ignore this input, but camera scene nodes which are created for
may ignore this input, but camera scene nodes which are created for
example with ISceneManager::addMayaCameraSceneNode or
ISceneManager::addMeshViewerCameraSceneNode, may want to get this input
for changing their position, look at target or whatever. */
for changing their position, look at target or whatever. */
virtual bool OnEvent(const SEvent& event) = 0;
//! Sets the look at target of the camera
@ -106,27 +106,27 @@ namespace scene
/** \param fovy: New field of view in radiants. */
virtual void setFOV(f32 fovy) = 0;
//! Returns the view frustum.
//! Returns the view frustum.
/** Needed sometimes by bspTree or LOD render nodes.
\return Returns the current view frustum. */
virtual const SViewFrustum* getViewFrustum() const = 0;
//! Disables or enables the camera to get key or mouse inputs.
/** If this is set to true, the camera will respond to key inputs
otherwise not. */
otherwise not. */
virtual void setInputReceiverEnabled(bool enabled) = 0;
//! Returns if the input receiver of the camera is currently enabled.
virtual bool isInputReceiverEnabled() const = 0;
//! Returns if a camera is orthogonal.
virtual bool isOrthogonal() const
virtual bool isOrthogonal() const
{
_IRR_IMPLEMENT_MANAGED_MARSHALLING_BUGFIX;
return IsOrthogonal;
}
}
//! Sets if this camera should return that it is orthogonal.
//! Sets if this camera should return that it is orthogonal.
/** This setting does not change anything of the view or
projection matrix. However, the kind of camera
influences how collision detection and picking is done

36
include/ICursorControl.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -25,22 +25,24 @@ namespace gui
virtual void setVisible(bool visible) = 0;
//! Returns if the cursor is currently visible.
/** \return Returns true if the cursor is visible, false if not. */
/** \return True if the cursor is visible, false if not. */
virtual bool isVisible() const = 0;
/** Sets the new position of the cursor. The position must be
between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
/** The position must be
between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
the top left corner and (1.0f, 1.0f) is the bottom right corner of the
render window. */
//! \param pos: New position of the cursor.
render window.
\param pos New position of the cursor. */
virtual void setPosition(const core::position2d<f32> &pos) = 0;
/** Sets the new position of the cursor. The position must be
between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
/** The position must be
between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
the top left corner and (1.0f, 1.0f) is the bottom right corner of the
render window. */
//! \param x: New x-coord of the cursor.
//! \param y: New x-coord of the cursor.
render window.
\param x New x-coord of the cursor.
\param y New x-coord of the cursor. */
virtual void setPosition(f32 x, f32 y) = 0;
//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
@ -48,8 +50,8 @@ namespace gui
virtual void setPosition(const core::position2d<s32> &pos) = 0;
//! Sets the new position of the cursor.
/** \param x: New x-coord of the cursor. The coordinates are pixel units. */
/** \param y: New y-coord of the cursor. The coordinates are pixel units. */
/** \param x New x-coord of the cursor. The coordinates are pixel units.
\param y New y-coord of the cursor. The coordinates are pixel units. */
virtual void setPosition(s32 x, s32 y) = 0;
//! Returns the current position of the mouse cursor.
@ -59,16 +61,16 @@ namespace gui
//! Returns the current position of the mouse cursor.
/** \return Returns the current position of the cursor. The returned position
is a value between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
the top left corner and (1.0f, 1.0f) is the bottom right corner of the
render window. */
is a value between (0.0f, 0.0f) and (1.0f, 1.0f), where (0.0f, 0.0f) is
the top left corner and (1.0f, 1.0f) is the bottom right corner of the
render window. */
virtual core::position2d<f32> getRelativePosition() = 0;
//! Sets an absolute reference rect for setting and retrieving the cursor position.
/** If this rect is set, the cursor position is not being calculated relative to
the rendering window but to this rect. You can set the rect pointer to 0 to disable
this feature again. This feature is useful when rendering into parts of foreign windows
for example in an editor.
for example in an editor.
\param rect: A pointer to an reference rectangle or 0 to disable the reference rectangle.*/
virtual void setReferenceRect(core::rect<s32>* rect=0) = 0;
};

10
include/IDummyTransformationSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ namespace scene
//! Dummy scene node for adding additional transformations to the scene graph.
/** This scene node does not render itself, and does not respond to set/getPosition,
set/getRotation and set/getScale. Its just a simple scene node that takes a
set/getRotation and set/getScale. Its just a simple scene node that takes a
matrix as relative transformation, making it possible to insert any transformation
anywhere into the scene graph.
This scene node is for example used by the IAnimatedMeshSceneNode for emulating
@ -24,13 +24,13 @@ class IDummyTransformationSceneNode : public ISceneNode
{
public:
//! constructor
//! Constructor
IDummyTransformationSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id)
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id) {}
//! Returns a reference to the current relative transformation matrix.
//! This is the matrix, this scene node uses instead of scale, translation
//! and rotation.
/** This is the matrix, this scene node uses instead of scale, translation
and rotation. */
virtual core::matrix4& getRelativeTransformationMatrix() = 0;
};

80
include/IEventReceiver.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -16,14 +16,14 @@ namespace irr
{
//! An event of the graphical user interface.
/** GUI events are created by the GUI environment or the GUI elements in response
to mouse or keyboard events. When a GUI element receives an event it will either
to mouse or keyboard events. When a GUI element receives an event it will either
process it and return true, or pass the event to its parent. If an event is not absorbed
before it reaches the root element then it will then be passed to the user receiver. */
EET_GUI_EVENT = 0,
//! A mouse input event.
/** Mouse events are created by the device and passed to IrrlichtDevice::postEventFromUser
in response to mouse input received from the operating system.
/** Mouse events are created by the device and passed to IrrlichtDevice::postEventFromUser
in response to mouse input received from the operating system.
Mouse events are first passed to the user receiver, then to the GUI environment (and possibly
many GUI elements), then finally the input receiving scene manager (and possibly the active
camera) */
@ -39,8 +39,9 @@ namespace irr
user receiver then no text will be sent to the console. */
EET_LOG_TEXT_EVENT,
//! A user event with user data. This is not used by Irrlicht and can be used
//! to send user specific data though the system.
//! A user event with user data.
/** This is not used by Irrlicht and can be used
to send user specific data though the system. */
EET_USER_EVENT
};
@ -68,7 +69,7 @@ namespace irr
//! The mouse cursor changed its position.
EMIE_MOUSE_MOVED,
//! The mouse wheel was moved. Use Wheel value in event data to find out
//! The mouse wheel was moved. Use Wheel value in event data to find out
//! in what direction and how fast.
EMIE_MOUSE_WHEEL,
@ -85,12 +86,12 @@ namespace irr
enum EGUI_EVENT_TYPE
{
//! A gui element has lost its focus.
//! GUIEvent.Caller is losing the focus to GUIEvent.Element.
//! If the event is absorbed then the focus will not be changed.
/** GUIEvent.Caller is losing the focus to GUIEvent.Element.
If the event is absorbed then the focus will not be changed. */
EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST = 0,
//! A gui element has got the focus.
//! If the event is absorbed then the focus will not be changed.
/** If the event is absorbed then the focus will not be changed. */
EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUSED,
//! The mouse cursor hovered over a gui element.
@ -100,8 +101,8 @@ namespace irr
EGET_ELEMENT_LEFT,
//! An element would like to close.
//! Windows and context menus use this event when they would like to close,
//! this can be cancelled by absorbing the event.
/** Windows and context menus use this event when they would like to close,
this can be cancelled by absorbing the event. */
EGET_ELEMENT_CLOSED,
//! A button was clicked.
@ -114,10 +115,10 @@ namespace irr
EGET_CHECKBOX_CHANGED,
//! A new item in a listbox was seleted.
EGET_LISTBOX_CHANGED,
EGET_LISTBOX_CHANGED,
//! An item in the listbox was selected, which was already selected.
EGET_LISTBOX_SELECTED_AGAIN,
EGET_LISTBOX_SELECTED_AGAIN,
//! A file has been selected in the file dialog
EGET_FILE_SELECTED,
@ -151,7 +152,6 @@ namespace irr
//! The value of a spin box has changed
EGET_SPINBOX_CHANGED,
//! A table has changed
EGET_TABLE_CHANGED,
EGET_TABLE_HEADER_CHANGED,
@ -164,6 +164,7 @@ namespace irr
//! SEvents hold information about an event. See irr::IEventReceiver for details on event handling.
struct SEvent
{
//! Any kind of GUI event.
struct SGUIEvent
{
//! IGUIElement who called the event
@ -177,6 +178,7 @@ struct SEvent
};
//! Any kind of mouse event.
struct SMouseInput
{
//! X position of mouse cursor
@ -187,49 +189,52 @@ struct SEvent
//! mouse wheel delta, usually 1.0 or -1.0.
/** Only valid if event was EMIE_MOUSE_WHEEL */
f32 Wheel;
f32 Wheel;
//! type of mouse event
//! Type of mouse event
EMOUSE_INPUT_EVENT Event;
};
//! Any kind of keyboard event.
struct SKeyInput
{
//! Character corresponding to the key (0, if not a character)
wchar_t Char;
wchar_t Char;
//! Key which has been pressed or released
EKEY_CODE Key;
EKEY_CODE Key;
//! if not pressed, then the key was left up
bool PressedDown;
//! If not true, then the key was left up
bool PressedDown;
//! true if shift was also pressed
bool Shift;
//! True if shift was also pressed
bool Shift;
//! true if ctrl was also pressed
bool Control;
//! True if ctrl was also pressed
bool Control;
};
//! Any kind of log event.
struct SLogEvent
{
//! pointer to text which has been logged
//! Pointer to text which has been logged
const c8* Text;
//! log level in which the text has been logged
//! Log level in which the text has been logged
ELOG_LEVEL Level;
};
//! Any kind of user event.
struct SUserEvent
{
//! Some user specified data as int
s32 UserData1;
s32 UserData1;
//! Another user specified data as int
s32 UserData2;
s32 UserData2;
//! Some user specified data as float
f32 UserData3;
f32 UserData3;
};
EEVENT_TYPE EventType;
@ -245,19 +250,20 @@ struct SEvent
};
//! Interface of an object which can receive events.
/** Many of the engine's classes inherit IEventReceiver so they are able to process events.
Events usually start at a postEventFromUser function and are passed down through a chain of
event receivers until OnEvent returns true.
See irr::EEVENT_TYPE for a description of where each type of event starts, and the path it takes
through the system. */
/** Many of the engine's classes inherit IEventReceiver so they are able to
process events. Events usually start at a postEventFromUser function and are
passed down through a chain of event receivers until OnEvent returns true. See
irr::EEVENT_TYPE for a description of where each type of event starts, and the
path it takes through the system. */
class IEventReceiver
{
public:
//! Destructor
virtual ~IEventReceiver() {}
//! called if an event happened.
//! \return Returns true if the event was processed
//! Called if an event happened.
/** \return True if the event was processed. */
virtual bool OnEvent(const SEvent& event) = 0;
};

35
include/IFileList.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -17,36 +17,31 @@ class IFileList : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IFileList() {}
//! Returns the amount of files in the filelist.
//! \return
//! Returns the amount of files and directories in the file list.
//! Get the number of files in the filelist.
/** \return Amount of files and directories in the file list. */
virtual u32 getFileCount() const = 0;
//! Gets the name of a file in the list, based on an index.
//! The path is not included in this name. Use getFullFileName for this.
//! \param index is the zero based index of the file which name should
//! be returned. The index has to be smaller than the amount getFileCount() returns.
//! \return
//! Returns the file name of the file. Returns 0, if an error occured.
/** The path is not included in this name. Use getFullFileName for this.
\param index is the zero based index of the file which name should
be returned. The index has to be smaller than the amount getFileCount() returns.
\return File name of the file. Returns 0, if an error occured. */
virtual const c8* getFileName(u32 index) const = 0;
//! Gets the full name of a file in the list, path included, based on an index.
//! \param index is the zero based index of the file which name should
//! be returned. The index has to be smaller than the amount getFileCount() returns.
//! \return
//! Returns the file name of the file. Returns 0, if an error occured.
/** \param index is the zero based index of the file which name should
be returned. The index has to be smaller than the amount getFileCount() returns.
\return File name of the file. Returns 0, if an error occured. */
virtual const c8* getFullFileName(u32 index) = 0;
//! Returns of the file is a directory
//! \param
//! index is the zero based index of the file which name should
//! be returned. The index has to be smaller than the amount getFileCount() returns.
//! \return
//! Returns true, if the file is a directory, and false, if it is not.
//! If an error occurs, the result is undefined.
/** \param index is the zero based index of the file which name should
be returned. The index has to be smaller than the amount getFileCount() returns.
\return True, if the file is a directory, and false, if it is not.
If an error occurs, the result is undefined. */
virtual bool isDirectory(u32 index) const = 0;
};

45
include/IFileSystem.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -25,17 +25,14 @@ class IXMLWriter;
class IAttributes;
//! The FileSystem manages files and archives and provides access to them.
/**
It manages where files are, so that modules which
use the the IO do not need to know where every file is located. A file
could be in a .zip-Archive or as file on disk, using the IFileSystem
makes no difference to this.
*/
/** It manages where files are, so that modules which use the the IO do not
need to know where every file is located. A file could be in a .zip-Archive or
as file on disk, using the IFileSystem makes no difference to this. */
class IFileSystem : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IFileSystem() {}
//! Opens a file for read access.
@ -50,17 +47,17 @@ public:
\param memory: A pointer to the start of the file in memory
\param len: The length of the memory in bytes
\param fileName: The name given to this file
\param deleteMemoryWhenDropped: True if the memory should be deleted
\param deleteMemoryWhenDropped: True if the memory should be deleted
along with the IReadFile when it is dropped.
\return Returns a pointer to the created file interface.
The returned pointer should be dropped when no longer needed.
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information.
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information.
*/
virtual IReadFile* createMemoryReadFile(void* memory, s32 len, const c8* fileName, bool deleteMemoryWhenDropped=false) = 0;
//! Opens a file for write access.
/** \param filename: Name of file to open.
\param append: If the file already exist, all write operations are
\param append: If the file already exist, all write operations are
appended to the file.
\return Returns a pointer to the created file interface. 0 is returned, if the
file could not created or opened for writing.
@ -69,9 +66,9 @@ public:
virtual IWriteFile* createAndWriteFile(const c8* filename, bool append=false) = 0;
//! Adds an zip archive to the file system.
/** After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will search and open files directly from this archive too.
This is useful for hiding data from the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to
access for example Quake3 .pk3 files, which are nothing different than .zip files.
/** After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will search and open files directly from this archive too.
This is useful for hiding data from the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to
access for example Quake3 .pk3 files, which are nothing different than .zip files.
\param filename: Filename of the zip archive to add to the file system.
\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
writing all letters in the right case.
@ -89,11 +86,11 @@ public:
without its complete path.
\return Returns true if the archive was added successful, false if not. */
virtual bool addFolderFileArchive(const c8* filename, bool ignoreCase = true, bool ignorePaths = true) = 0;
//! Adds an pak archive to the file system.
/** After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will search and open files directly from this archive too.
This is useful for hiding data from the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to
access for example Quake2/KingPin/Hexen2 .pak files
/** After calling this, the Irrlicht Engine will search and open files directly from this archive too.
This is useful for hiding data from the end user, speeding up file access and making it possible to
access for example Quake2/KingPin/Hexen2 .pak files
\param filename: Filename of the pak archive to add to the file system.
\param ignoreCase: If set to true, files in the archive can be accessed without
writing all letters in the right case.
@ -102,21 +99,25 @@ public:
\return Returns true if the archive was added successful, false if not. */
virtual bool addPakFileArchive(const c8* filename, bool ignoreCase = true, bool ignorePaths = true) = 0;
//! Returns the string of the current working directory.
//! Get the current working directory.
/** \return Current working directory as a string. */
virtual const c8* getWorkingDirectory() = 0;
//! Changes the current Working Directory.
//! Changes the current working directory.
/** \param newDirectory: A string specifying the new working directory.
The string is operating system dependent. Under Windows it has
the form "<drive>:\<directory>\<sudirectory>\<..>". An example would be: "C:\Windows\"
\return Returns true if successful, otherwise false. */
\return True if successful, otherwise false. */
virtual bool changeWorkingDirectoryTo(const c8* newDirectory) = 0;
//! Converts a relative path to an absolute (unique) path, resolving symbolic links if required
/** \param filename Possibly relative filename begin queried.
\result Absolute filename which points to the same file. */
virtual core::stringc getAbsolutePath(const core::stringc& filename) const = 0;
//! Returns the directory a file is located in.
/** \param filename: The file to get the directory from */
/** \param filename: The file to get the directory from.
\return String containing the directory of the file. */
virtual core::stringc getFileDir(const core::stringc& filename) const = 0;
//! Returns the base part of a filename, i.e. the name without the directory

364
include/IGPUProgrammingServices.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -16,13 +16,13 @@ namespace io
class IReadFile;
} // end namespace io
namespace video
namespace video
{
class IVideoDriver;
class IShaderConstantSetCallBack;
//! Compile target enumeration for the addHighLevelShaderMaterial() method.
//! Compile target enumeration for the addHighLevelShaderMaterial() method.
enum E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE
{
EVST_VS_1_1 = 0,
@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ const c8* const VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE_NAMES[] = {
"vs_3_0",
0 };
//! Compile target enumeration for the addHighLevelShaderMaterial() method.
//! Compile target enumeration for the addHighLevelShaderMaterial() method.
enum E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE
{
EPST_PS_1_1 = 0,
EPST_PS_1_2,
EPST_PS_1_3,
EPST_PS_1_3,
EPST_PS_1_4,
EPST_PS_2_0,
EPST_PS_2_a,
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ enum E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE
//! Names for all pixel shader types, each entry corresponds to a E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE entry.
const c8* const PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE_NAMES[] = {
"ps_1_1",
"ps_1_1",
"ps_1_2",
"ps_1_3",
"ps_1_4",
@ -70,195 +70,229 @@ const c8* const PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE_NAMES[] = {
"ps_3_0",
0 };
//! Interface making it possible to create and use programs running on the GPU.
//! Interface making it possible to create and use programs running on the GPU.
class IGPUProgrammingServices
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IGPUProgrammingServices() {}
//! Adds a new material renderer to the VideoDriver, based on a high level shading
//! language. Currently only HLSL/D3D9 and GLSL/OpenGL is supported.
//! \param vertexShaderProgram: String containing the source of the vertex shader program.
//! This can be 0 if no vertex program shall be used.
//! \param vertexShaderEntryPointName: Name of the entry function of the vertexShaderProgram
//! \param vsCompileTarget: Vertex shader version where the high level shader shall be compiled to.
//! \param pixelShaderProgram: String containing the source of the pixel shader program.
//! This can be 0 if no pixel shader shall be used.
//! \param pixelShaderEntryPointName: Entry name of the function of the pixelShaderEntryPointName
//! \param psCompileTarget: Pixel shader version where the high level shader shall be compiled to.
//! \param callback: Pointer to an implementation of IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you
//! can set the needed vertex and pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
//! \param baseMaterial: Base material which renderstates will be used to shade the
//! material.
//! \param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and will be set as parameter
//! in the callback method when calling OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to
//! use the same callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them during the call.
//! \return Returns the number of the
//! material type which can be set in SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer.
//! -1 is returned if an error occured, e.g. if a vertex or pixel shader
//! program could not be compiled or a compile target is not reachable.
//! The error strings are then printed to the error log and
//! can be catched with a custom event receiver.
virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
//! Adds a new high-level shading material renderer to the VideoDriver.
/** Currently only HLSL/D3D9 and GLSL/OpenGL are supported.
\param vertexShaderProgram: String containing the source of the vertex
shader program. This can be 0 if no vertex program shall be used.
\param vertexShaderEntryPointName: Name of the entry function of the
vertexShaderProgram
\param vsCompileTarget: Vertex shader version where the high level
shader shall be compiled to.
\param pixelShaderProgram: String containing the source of the pixel
shader program. This can be 0 if no pixel shader shall be used.
\param pixelShaderEntryPointName: Entry name of the function of the
pixelShaderEntryPointName
\param psCompileTarget: Pixel shader version where the high level
shader shall be compiled to.
\param callback: Pointer to an implementation of
IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex and
pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
\param baseMaterial: Base material which renderstates will be used to
shade the material.
\param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
during the call.
\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
error occured, e.g. if a vertex or pixel shader program could not be
compiled or a compile target is not reachable. The error strings are
then printed to the error log and can be catched with a custom event
receiver. */
virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterial(
const c8* vertexShaderProgram,
const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName = "main",
E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget = EVST_VS_1_1,
const c8* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
const c8* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName = "main",
E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget = EPST_PS_1_1,
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
s32 userData = 0 ) = 0;
s32 userData = 0 ) = 0;
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(),
//! but tries to load the programs from files.
//! \param vertexShaderProgram: Text file containing the source of the vertex shader program.
//! Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
//! \param vertexShaderEntryPointName: Name of the entry function of the vertexShaderProgram
//! \param vsCompileTarget: Vertex shader version where the high level shader shall be compiled to.
//! \param pixelShaderProgram: Text file containing the source of the pixel shader program. Set to
//! 0 if no shader shall be created.
//! \param vertexShaderEntryPointName: Name of the entry function of the vertexShaderProgram
//! \param vsCompileTarget: Vertex shader version where the high level shader shall be compiled to.
//! \param pixelShaderProgram: String containing the source of the pixel shader program.
//! This can be 0 if no pixel shader shall be used.
//! \param pixelShaderEntryPointName: Entry name of the function of the pixelShaderEntryPointName
//! \param psCompileTarget: Pixel shader version where the high level shader shall be compiled to.
//! \param callback: Pointer to an implementation of IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you
//! can set the needed vertex and pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
//! \param baseMaterial: Base material which renderstates will be used to shade the
//! material.
//! \param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and will be set as parameter
//! in the callback method when calling OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to
//! use the same callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them during the call.
//! \return Returns the number of the
//! material type which can be set in SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer.
//! -1 is returned if an error occured, e.g. if a vertex or pixel shader
//! program could not be compiled or a compile target is not reachable.
//! The error strings are then printed to the error log and
//! can be catched with a custom event receiver.
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
/** \param vertexShaderProgram: Text file containing the source of the
* vertex shader program.
Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
\param vertexShaderEntryPointName: Name of the entry function of the
vertexShaderProgram
\param vsCompileTarget: Vertex shader version where the high level
shader shall be compiled to.
\param pixelShaderProgram: Text file containing the source of the pixel
shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
\param vertexShaderEntryPointName: Name of the entry function of the
vertexShaderProgram
\param vsCompileTarget: Vertex shader version where the high level
shader shall be compiled to.
\param pixelShaderProgram: String containing the source of the pixel
shader program. This can be 0 if no pixel shader shall be used.
\param pixelShaderEntryPointName: Entry name of the function of the
pixelShaderEntryPointName
\param psCompileTarget: Pixel shader version where the high level
shader shall be compiled to.
\param callback: Pointer to an implementation of
IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex and
pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
\param baseMaterial: Base material which renderstates will be used to
shade the material.
\param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
during the call.
\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
error occured, e.g. if a vertex or pixel shader program could not be
compiled or a compile target is not reachable. The error strings are
then printed to the error log and can be catched with a custom event
receiver. */
virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
const c8* vertexShaderProgram,
const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName = "main",
E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget = EVST_VS_1_1,
const c8* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
const c8* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName = "main",
E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget = EPST_PS_1_1,
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
s32 userData = 0) = 0;
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(),
//! but tries to load the programs from files.
//! \param vertexShaderProgram: Text file handle containing the source of the vertex shader program.
//! Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
//! \param vertexShaderEntryPointName: Name of the entry function of the vertexShaderProgram
//! \param vsCompileTarget: Vertex shader version where the high level shader shall be compiled to.
//! \param pixelShaderProgram: Text file containing the source of the pixel shader program. Set to
//! \param pixelShaderProgram: Text file handle containing the source of the pixel shader program. Set to
//! 0 if no shader shall be created.
//! \param pixelShaderEntryPointName: Entry name of the function of the pixelShaderEntryPointName
//! \param psCompileTarget: Pixel shader version where the high level shader shall be compiled to.
//! \param callback: Pointer to an implementation of IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you
//! can set the needed vertex and pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
//! \param baseMaterial: Base material which renderstates will be used to shade the
//! material.
//! \param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and will be set as parameter
//! in the callback method when calling OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to
//! use the same callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them during the call.
//! \return Returns the number of the
//! material type which can be set in SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer.
//! -1 is returned if an error occured, e.g. if a vertex or pixel shader
//! program could not be compiled or a compile target is not reachable.
//! The error strings are then printed to the error log and
//! can be catched with a custom event receiver.
virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
io::IReadFile* vertexShaderProgram,
const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName = "main",
E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget = EVST_VS_1_1,
io::IReadFile* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName = "main",
E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget = EPST_PS_1_1,
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
s32 userData = 0) = 0;
//! Adds a new material renderer to the VideoDriver, using pixel and/or
//! vertex shaders to render geometry.
//! Note that it is a good idea to call IVideoDriver::queryFeature() before to check
//! if the IVideoDriver supports the vertex and/or pixel shader version your are using.
//! The material is added to the VideoDriver like with IVideoDriver::addMaterialRenderer()
//! and can be used like it had been added with that method.
//! \param vertexShaderProgram: String containing the source of the vertex shader program. This can be
//! 0 if no vertex program shall be used.
//! For DX8 programs, the will always input registers look like this:
//! v0: position, v1: normal,
//! v2: color, v3: texture cooridnates, v4: texture coordinates 2 if available.
//! For DX9 programs, you can manually set the registers using the dcl_ statements.
//! \param pixelShaderProgram: String containing the source of the pixel shader program.
//! This can be 0 if you don't want to use a pixel shader.
//! \param callback: Pointer to an implementation of IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you
//! can set the needed vertex and pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
//! \param baseMaterial: Base material which renderstates will be used to shade the
//! material.
//! \param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and will be set as parameter
//! in the callback method when calling OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to
//! use the same callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them during the call.
//! \return Returns the number of the
//! material type which can be set in SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer.
//! -1 is returned if an error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
//! program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out into the error log, and
//! can be catched with a custom event receiver.
virtual s32 addShaderMaterial(const c8* vertexShaderProgram = 0,
const c8* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
s32 userData = 0) = 0;
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but tries to load the
//! programs from files.
//! \param vertexShaderProgram: Text file containing the source of the vertex shader program.
//! Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
//! \param pixelShaderProgram: Text file containing the source of the pixel shader program. Set to
//! 0 if no shader shall be created.
//! \param callback: Pointer to an IShaderConstantSetCallback object to which the
//! OnSetConstants function is called.
//! \param baseMaterial: baseMaterial
//! \param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and will be set as parameter
//! in the callback method when calling OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to
//! use the same callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them during the call.
//! \return Returns the number of the
//! material type which can be set in SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer.
//! -1 is returned if an error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
//! program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out into the error log, and
//! can be catched with a custom event receiver.
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
/** \param vertexShaderProgram: Text file handle containing the source
* of the vertex shader program.
Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
\param vertexShaderEntryPointName: Name of the entry function of the
vertexShaderProgram
\param vsCompileTarget: Vertex shader version where the high level
shader shall be compiled to.
\param pixelShaderProgram: Text file containing the source of the pixel
shader program. Set to
\param pixelShaderProgram: Text file handle containing the source of
the pixel shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
\param pixelShaderEntryPointName: Entry name of the function of the
pixelShaderEntryPointName
\param psCompileTarget: Pixel shader version where the high level
shader shall be compiled to.
\param callback: Pointer to an implementation of
IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex and
pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
\param baseMaterial: Base material which renderstates will be used to
shade the material.
\param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
during the call.
\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
error occured, e.g. if a vertex or pixel shader program could not be
compiled or a compile target is not reachable. The error strings are
then printed to the error log and can be catched with a custom event
receiver. */
virtual s32 addHighLevelShaderMaterialFromFiles(
io::IReadFile* vertexShaderProgram,
const c8* vertexShaderEntryPointName = "main",
E_VERTEX_SHADER_TYPE vsCompileTarget = EVST_VS_1_1,
io::IReadFile* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
const c8* pixelShaderEntryPointName = "main",
E_PIXEL_SHADER_TYPE psCompileTarget = EPST_PS_1_1,
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
s32 userData = 0) = 0;
//! Adds a new ASM shader material renderer to the VideoDriver
/** Note that it is a good idea to call IVideoDriver::queryFeature() in
advance to check if the IVideoDriver supports the vertex and/or pixel
shader version your are using.
The material is added to the VideoDriver like with
IVideoDriver::addMaterialRenderer() and can be used like it had been
added with that method.
\param vertexShaderProgram: String containing the source of the vertex
shader program. This can be 0 if no vertex program shall be used.
For DX8 programs, the will always input registers look like this: v0:
position, v1: normal, v2: color, v3: texture cooridnates, v4: texture
coordinates 2 if available.
For DX9 programs, you can manually set the registers using the dcl_
statements.
\param pixelShaderProgram: String containing the source of the pixel
shader program. This can be 0 if you don't want to use a pixel shader.
\param callback: Pointer to an implementation of
IShaderConstantSetCallBack in which you can set the needed vertex and
pixel shader program constants. Set this to 0 if you don't need this.
\param baseMaterial: Base material which renderstates will be used to
shade the material.
\param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
during the call.
\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out
into the error log, and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
virtual s32 addShaderMaterial(const c8* vertexShaderProgram = 0,
const c8* pixelShaderProgram = 0,
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
s32 userData = 0) = 0;
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
/** \param vertexShaderProgram: Text file containing the source of the
vertex shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
\param pixelShaderProgram: Text file containing the source of the pixel
shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
\param callback: Pointer to an IShaderConstantSetCallback object to
which the OnSetConstants function is called.
\param baseMaterial: baseMaterial
\param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
during the call.
\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out
into the error log, and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
virtual s32 addShaderMaterialFromFiles(io::IReadFile* vertexShaderProgram,
io::IReadFile* pixelShaderProgram,
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,
E_MATERIAL_TYPE baseMaterial = video::EMT_SOLID,
s32 userData = 0) = 0;
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but tries to load the
//! programs from files.
//! \param vertexShaderProgramFileName: Text file name containing the source of the
//! vertex shader program.
//! Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
//! \param pixelShaderProgramFileName: Text file name containing the source of the
//! pixel shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
//! \param callback: Pointer to an IShaderConstantSetCallback object on which the
//! OnSetConstants function is called.
//! \param baseMaterial: baseMaterial
//! \param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and will be set as parameter
//! in the callback method when calling OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to
//! use the same callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them during the call.
//! \return Returns the number of the
//! material type which can be set in SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer.
//! -1 is returned if an error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
//! program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out into the error log, and
//! can be catched with a custom event receiver.
//! Like IGPUProgrammingServices::addShaderMaterial(), but loads from files.
/** \param vertexShaderProgramFileName: Text file name containing the
source of the vertex shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be
created.
\param pixelShaderProgramFileName: Text file name containing the source
of the pixel shader program. Set to 0 if no shader shall be created.
\param callback: Pointer to an IShaderConstantSetCallback object on
which the OnSetConstants function is called.
\param baseMaterial: baseMaterial
\param userData: a user data int. This int can be set to any value and
will be set as parameter in the callback method when calling
OnSetConstants(). In this way it is easily possible to use the same
callback method for multiple materials and distinguish between them
during the call.
\return Returns the number of the material type which can be set in
SMaterial::MaterialType to use the renderer. -1 is returned if an
error occured. -1 is returned for example if a vertex or pixel shader
program could not be compiled, the error strings are then printed out
into the error log, and can be catched with a custom event receiver. */
virtual s32 addShaderMaterialFromFiles(const c8* vertexShaderProgramFileName,
const c8* pixelShaderProgramFileName,
IShaderConstantSetCallBack* callback = 0,

20
include/IGUIButton.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -65,27 +65,27 @@ namespace gui
//! Sets another skin independent font.
/** If this is set to zero, the button uses the font of the skin.
\param font: New font to set. */
\param font: New font to set. */
virtual void setOverrideFont(IGUIFont* font=0) = 0;
//! Sets an image which should be displayed on the button when it is in normal state.
//! Sets an image which should be displayed on the button when it is in normal state.
/** \param image: Image to be displayed */
virtual void setImage(video::ITexture* image) = 0;
//! Sets a background image for the button when it is in normal state.
//! Sets a background image for the button when it is in normal state.
/** \param image: Texture containing the image to be displayed
\param pos: Position in the texture, where the image is located */
\param pos: Position in the texture, where the image is located */
virtual void setImage(video::ITexture* image, const core::rect<s32>& pos) = 0;
//! Sets a background image for the button when it is in pressed state.
//! Sets a background image for the button when it is in pressed state.
/** If no images is specified for the pressed state via
setPressedImage(), this image is also drawn in pressed state.
\param image: Image to be displayed */
virtual void setPressedImage(video::ITexture* image) = 0;
//! Sets an image which should be displayed on the button when it is in pressed state.
//! Sets an image which should be displayed on the button when it is in pressed state.
/** \param image: Texture containing the image to be displayed
\param pos: Position in the texture, where the image is located */
\param pos: Position in the texture, where the image is located */
virtual void setPressedImage(video::ITexture* image, const core::rect<s32>& pos) = 0;
//! Sets the sprite bank used by the button
@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ namespace gui
\param color: The color of the sprite
\param loop: True if the animation should loop, false if not
*/
virtual void setSprite(EGUI_BUTTON_STATE state, s32 index,
virtual void setSprite(EGUI_BUTTON_STATE state, s32 index,
video::SColor color=video::SColor(255,255,255,255), bool loop=false) = 0;
//! Sets if the button should behave like a push button.
//! Sets if the button should behave like a push button.
/** Which means it can be in two states: Normal or Pressed. With a click on the button,
the user can change the state of the button. */
virtual void setIsPushButton(bool isPushButton) = 0;

2
include/IGUICheckBox.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IGUIColorSelectDialog.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

3
include/IGUIComboBox.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ namespace irr
{
namespace gui
{
//! Combobox widget
class IGUIComboBox : public IGUIElement
{

36
include/IGUIContextMenu.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -29,15 +29,15 @@ namespace gui
//! Adds a menu item.
/** \param text: Text of menu item. Set this to 0 to create
an separator instead of a real item, which is the same like
calling addSeparator();
\param commandId: Command id of menu item, a simple id you may
set to whatever you want.
\param enabled: Specifies if the menu item should be enabled.
\param hasSubMenu: Set this to true if there should be a submenu
at this item. You can acess this submenu via getSubMenu().
\param checked: Specifies if the menu item should be initially checked.
\return Returns the index of the new item */
an separator instead of a real item, which is the same like
calling addSeparator();
\param commandId: Command id of menu item, a simple id you may
set to whatever you want.
\param enabled: Specifies if the menu item should be enabled.
\param hasSubMenu: Set this to true if there should be a submenu
at this item. You can acess this submenu via getSubMenu().
\param checked: Specifies if the menu item should be initially checked.
\return Returns the index of the new item */
virtual u32 addItem(const wchar_t* text, s32 commandId=-1, bool enabled=true,
bool hasSubMenu=false,
bool checked=false
@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ namespace gui
//! Sets text of the menu item.
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
\param text: New text of the item. */
\param text: New text of the item. */
virtual void setItemText(u32 idx, const wchar_t* text) = 0;
//! Check if a menu item is enabled
@ -61,12 +61,12 @@ namespace gui
//! Sets if the menu item should be enabled.
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
\param enabled: True if it is enabled, otherwise false. */
\param enabled: True if it is enabled, otherwise false. */
virtual void setItemEnabled(u32 idx, bool enabled) = 0;
//! Sets if the menu item should be checked.
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
\param enabled: True if it is enabled, otherwise false. */
\param enabled: True if it is enabled, otherwise false. */
virtual void setItemChecked(u32 idx, bool enabled) = 0;
//! Check if a menu item is checked
@ -90,14 +90,14 @@ namespace gui
//! Sets the command id of a menu item
/** \param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
\param id: Command id of menu item, a simple id you may
set to whatever you want. */
\param id: Command id of menu item, a simple id you may
set to whatever you want. */
virtual void setItemCommandId(u32 idx, s32 id) = 0;
//! Get a pointer to the submenu of an item.
//! Get a pointer to the submenu of an item.
/** 0 is returned if there is no submenu
\param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
\return Returns a pointer to the submenu of an item. */
\param idx: Zero based index of the menu item
\return Returns a pointer to the submenu of an item. */
virtual IGUIContextMenu* getSubMenu(u32 idx) const = 0;
};

38
include/IGUIEditBox.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -28,23 +28,23 @@ namespace gui
//! Sets another skin independent font.
/** If this is set to zero, the button uses the font of the skin.
\param font: New font to set. */
\param font: New font to set. */
virtual void setOverrideFont(IGUIFont* font=0) = 0;
//! Sets another color for the text.
/** If set, the edit box does not use the EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color defined
in the skin, but the set color instead. You don't need to call
IGUIEditBox::enableOverrrideColor(true) after this, this is done
by this function.
If you set a color, and you want the text displayed with the color
of the skin again, call IGUIEditBox::enableOverrideColor(false);
\param color: New color of the text. */
in the skin, but the set color instead. You don't need to call
IGUIEditBox::enableOverrrideColor(true) after this, this is done
by this function.
If you set a color, and you want the text displayed with the color
of the skin again, call IGUIEditBox::enableOverrideColor(false);
\param color: New color of the text. */
virtual void setOverrideColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
//! Sets if the text should use the overide color or the color in the gui skin.
/** \param enable: If set to true, the override color, which can be set
with IGUIEditBox::setOverrideColor is used, otherwise the
EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color of the skin. */
with IGUIEditBox::setOverrideColor is used, otherwise the
EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color of the skin. */
virtual void enableOverrideColor(bool enable) = 0;
//! Turns the border on or off
@ -52,15 +52,15 @@ namespace gui
virtual void setDrawBorder(bool border) = 0;
//! Sets text justification mode
/** \param horizontal: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT for left justified (default),
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for right justified, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text.
\param vertical: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT to align with top edge,
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for bottom edge, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text (default). */
/** \param horizontal: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT for left justified (default),
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for right justified, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text.
\param vertical: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT to align with top edge,
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for bottom edge, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text (default). */
virtual void setTextAlignment(EGUI_ALIGNMENT horizontal, EGUI_ALIGNMENT vertical) = 0;
//! Enables or disables word wrap.
/** \param enable: If set to true, words going over one line are
broken to the next line. */
/** \param enable: If set to true, words going over one line are
broken to the next line. */
virtual void setWordWrap(bool enable) = 0;
//! Checks if word wrap is enabled
@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ namespace gui
//! \return true if automatic scrolling is enabled, false if not
virtual bool isAutoScrollEnabled() const = 0;
//! Sets whether the edit box is a password box. Setting this to true will
//! Sets whether the edit box is a password box. Setting this to true will
/** disable MultiLine, WordWrap and the ability to copy with ctrl+c or ctrl+x
\param passwordBox: true to enable password, false to disable
\param passwordChar: the character that is displayed instead of letters */
@ -98,8 +98,8 @@ namespace gui
virtual core::dimension2di getTextDimension() = 0;
//! Sets the maximum amount of characters which may be entered in the box.
/** \param max: Maximum amount of characters. If 0, the character amount is
infinity. */
/** \param max: Maximum amount of characters. If 0, the character amount is
infinity. */
virtual void setMax(u32 max) = 0;
//! Returns maximum amount of characters, previously set by setMax();

68
include/IGUIElement.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -111,13 +111,13 @@ public:
{
if (!Parent)
return;
const core::dimension2di& d = Parent->getAbsolutePosition().getSize();
DesiredRect = core::rect<s32>(
core::floor32((f32)d.Width * r.UpperLeftCorner.X),
DesiredRect = core::rect<s32>(
core::floor32((f32)d.Width * r.UpperLeftCorner.X),
core::floor32((f32)d.Height * r.UpperLeftCorner.Y),
core::floor32((f32)d.Width * r.LowerRightCorner.X),
core::floor32((f32)d.Width * r.LowerRightCorner.X),
core::floor32((f32)d.Height * r.LowerRightCorner.Y));
ScaleRect = r;
@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ public:
if (Parent)
{
core::rect<s32> r(Parent->getAbsolutePosition());
core::dimension2df d((f32)r.getSize().Width, (f32)r.getSize().Height);
if (AlignLeft == EGUIA_SCALE)
@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ public:
diffx = parentAbsolute.getWidth() - LastParentRect.getWidth();
diffy = parentAbsolute.getHeight() - LastParentRect.getHeight();
if (AlignLeft == EGUIA_SCALE || AlignRight == EGUIA_SCALE)
fw = (f32)parentAbsolute.getWidth();
@ -310,7 +310,7 @@ public:
RelativeRect.LowerRightCorner.Y = RelativeRect.UpperLeftCorner.Y + MaxSize.Height;
RelativeRect.repair();
AbsoluteRect = RelativeRect + parentAbsolute.UpperLeftCorner;
if (!Parent)
@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ public:
if (IsVisible && isPointInside(point))
target = this;
return target;
}
@ -371,10 +371,10 @@ public:
if (child)
{
child->grab();
child->remove(); // remove from old parent
child->remove(); // remove from old parent
child->LastParentRect = getAbsolutePosition();
child->Parent = this;
Children.push_back(child);
Children.push_back(child);
}
}
@ -456,8 +456,8 @@ public:
}
//! Sets whether this control was created as part of its parent,
//! for example when a scrollbar is part of a listbox.
//! Sets whether this control was created as part of its parent,
//! for example when a scrollbar is part of a listbox.
//! SubElements are not saved to disk when calling guiEnvironment->saveGUI()
virtual void setSubElement(bool subElement)
{
@ -465,7 +465,7 @@ public:
}
//! If set to true, the focus will visit this element when using
//! If set to true, the focus will visit this element when using
//! the tab key to cycle through elements.
//! If this element is a tab group (see isTabGroup/setTabGroup) then
//! ctrl+tab will be used instead.
@ -483,7 +483,7 @@ public:
}
//! Sets the priority of focus when using the tab key to navigate between a group
//! Sets the priority of focus when using the tab key to navigate between a group
//! of elements. See setTabGroup, isTabGroup and getTabGroup for information on tab groups.
//! Elements with a lower number are focused first
void setTabOrder(s32 index)
@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ public:
IGUIElement *el = getTabGroup();
while (IsTabGroup && el && el->Parent)
el = el->Parent;
IGUIElement *first=0, *closest=0;
if (el)
{
@ -538,11 +538,11 @@ public:
//! Returns the container element which holds all elements in this element's
//! tab group.
//! tab group.
IGUIElement* getTabGroup()
{
IGUIElement *ret=this;
while (ret && !ret->isTabGroup())
ret = ret->getParent();
@ -643,11 +643,11 @@ public:
//! Finds the first element with the given id.
/** \param id: Id to search for.
\param searchchildren: Set this to true, if also children of this
element may contain the element with the searched id and they
should be searched too.
\return Returns the first element with the given id. If no element
with this id was found, 0 is returned. */
\param searchchildren: Set this to true, if also children of this
element may contain the element with the searched id and they
should be searched too.
\return Returns the first element with the given id. If no element
with this id was found, 0 is returned. */
virtual IGUIElement* getElementFromId(s32 id, bool searchchildren=false) const
{
IGUIElement* e = 0;
@ -663,7 +663,7 @@ public:
if (e)
return e;
}
}
return e;
}
@ -675,7 +675,7 @@ public:
{
if (!child)
return false;
do
do
{
if (child->Parent)
child = child->Parent;
@ -695,7 +695,7 @@ public:
//! \param closest: the closest match, depending on tab order and direction
//! \param includeInvisible: includes invisible elements in the search (default=false)
//! \return true if successfully found an element, false to continue searching/fail
bool getNextElement(s32 startOrder, bool reverse, bool group,
bool getNextElement(s32 startOrder, bool reverse, bool group,
IGUIElement*& first, IGUIElement*& closest, bool includeInvisible=false) const
{
// we'll stop searching if we find this number
@ -724,18 +724,18 @@ public:
closest = *it;
return true;
}
// is it closer than the current closest?
if (closest)
{
closestOrder = closest->getTabOrder();
if ( ( reverse && currentOrder > closestOrder && currentOrder < startOrder)
if ( ( reverse && currentOrder > closestOrder && currentOrder < startOrder)
||(!reverse && currentOrder < closestOrder && currentOrder > startOrder))
{
closest = *it;
}
}
else
else
if ( (reverse && currentOrder < startOrder) || (!reverse && currentOrder > startOrder) )
{
closest = *it;
@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ public:
}
//! Returns the type of the gui element.
//! Returns the type of the gui element.
/** This is needed for the .NET wrapper but will be used
later for serializing and deserializing.
If you wrote your own GUIElements, you need to set the type for your element as first parameter
@ -781,8 +781,8 @@ public:
}
//! Returns the type name of the gui element.
/** This is needed serializing elements. For serializing your own elements, override this function
//! Returns the type name of the gui element.
/** This is needed serializing elements. For serializing your own elements, override this function
and return your own type name which is created by your IGUIElementFactory */
virtual const c8* getTypeName() const
{
@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ protected:
//! absolute clipping rect of element
core::rect<s32> AbsoluteClippingRect;
//! the rectangle the element would prefer to be,
//! the rectangle the element would prefer to be,
//! if it was not constrained by parent or max/min size
core::rect<s32> DesiredRect;

13
include/IGUIElementFactory.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -11,14 +11,13 @@
namespace irr
{
namespace gui
{
class IGUIElement;
//! Interface making it possible to dynamicly create GUI elements
/** To be able to add custom elements to Irrlicht and to make it possible for the
scene manager to save and load them, simply implement this interface and register it
//! Interface making it possible to dynamicly create GUI elements
/** To be able to add custom elements to Irrlicht and to make it possible for the
scene manager to save and load them, simply implement this interface and register it
in your gui environment via IGUIEnvironment::registerGUIElementFactory.
Note: When implementing your own element factory, don't call IGUIEnvironment::grab() to
increase the reference counter of the environment. This is not necessary because the
@ -57,7 +56,7 @@ namespace gui
virtual const c8* getCreateableGUIElementTypeName(s32 idx) const = 0;
//! returns type name of a createable GUI element
/** \param type: Type of GUI element.
/** \param type: Type of GUI element.
\return: Returns name of the type if this factory can create the type, otherwise 0. */
virtual const c8* getCreateableGUIElementTypeName(EGUI_ELEMENT_TYPE type) const = 0;
};

497
include/IGUIEnvironment.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -65,320 +65,407 @@ public:
//! destructor
virtual ~IGUIEnvironment() {};
//! Draws all gui elements.
//! Draws all gui elements by traversing the GUI environment starting
//! at the root node.
virtual void drawAll() = 0;
//! Sets the focus to an element.
/** Causes a EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST event followed by a EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUSED event.
If someone absorbed either of the events, then the focus will not be changed.
\return Returns true on success, false on failure */
/** Causes a EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST event followed by a
EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUSED event. If someone absorbed either of the events,
then the focus will not be changed.
\param element Pointer to the element which shall get the focus.
\return True on success, false on failure */
virtual bool setFocus(IGUIElement* element) = 0;
//! Returns the element with the focus
//! Returns the element which holds the focus.
//! \return Pointer to the element with focus.
virtual IGUIElement* getFocus() const = 0;
//! Removes the focus from an element.
/** Causes a EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST event. If the event is absorbed then the focus
will not be changed.
\return Returns true on success, false on failure */
/** Causes a EGET_ELEMENT_FOCUS_LOST event. If the event is absorbed
then the focus will not be changed.
\param element Pointer to the element which shall lose the focus.
\return True on success, false on failure */
virtual bool removeFocus(IGUIElement* element) = 0;
//! Returns if the element has focus
//! Returns whether the element has focus
/** \param element Pointer to the element which is tested.
\return True if the element has focus, else false. */
virtual bool hasFocus(IGUIElement* element) const = 0;
//! Returns the current video driver.
//! \return Pointer to the video driver.
virtual video::IVideoDriver* getVideoDriver() const = 0;
//! Returns the file system.
//! \return Pointer to the file system.
virtual io::IFileSystem* getFileSystem() const = 0;
//! returns a pointer to the OS operator
//! \return Pointer to the OS operator.
virtual IOSOperator* getOSOperator() const = 0;
//! removes all elements from the environment.
//! Removes all elements from the environment.
virtual void clear() = 0;
//! Posts an input event to the environment.
//! Posts an input event to the environment.
/** Usually you do not have to
use this method, it is used by the internal engine. */
use this method, it is used by the engine internally.
\param event The event to post.
\return True if succeeded, else false. */
virtual bool postEventFromUser(const SEvent& event) = 0;
//! This sets a new event receiver for gui events.
//! This sets a new event receiver for gui events.
/** Usually you do not have to
use this method, it is used by the internal engine. */
use this method, it is used by the engine internally.
\param evr Pointer to the new receiver. */
virtual void setUserEventReceiver(IEventReceiver* evr) = 0;
//! Returns pointer to the current gui skin.
//! \return Pointer to the GUI skin.
virtual IGUISkin* getSkin() const = 0;
//! Sets a new GUI Skin
/** You can use this to change the appearance of the whole GUI Environment. You
can set one of the built-in skins or implement your own class derived from
IGUISkin and enable it using this method.
To set for example the built-in Windows classic skin, use the following code:
/** You can use this to change the appearance of the whole GUI
Environment. You can set one of the built-in skins or implement your
own class derived from IGUISkin and enable it using this method.
To set for example the built-in Windows classic skin, use the following
code:
\code
gui::IGUISkin* newskin = environment->createSkin(gui::EGST_WINDOWS_CLASSIC);
environment->setSkin(newskin);
newskin->drop();
\endcode
\param skin New skin to use.
*/
virtual void setSkin(IGUISkin* skin) = 0;
//! Creates a new GUI Skin based on a template.
/** Use setSkin() to set the created skin.
\return Returns a pointer to the created skin.
\param type The type of the new skin.
\return Pointer to the created skin.
If you no longer need it, you should call IGUISkin::drop().
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUISkin* createSkin(EGUI_SKIN_TYPE type) = 0;
//! Returns pointer to the font with the specified file name.
/** Loads the font if it was not loaded before. Returns 0 if the font could not be loaded.
\return
returns a pointer to the font.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
//! Returns pointer to the font with the specified filename.
/** Loads the font if it was not loaded before.
\param filename Filename of the Font.
\return Pointer to the font. Returns 0 if the font could not be loaded.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
more information. */
virtual IGUIFont* getFont(const c8* filename) = 0;
//! Returns the default built-in font.
/** \return Pointer to the default built-in font.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
more information. */
virtual IGUIFont* getBuiltInFont() const = 0;
//! Returns pointer to the sprite bank with the specified file name.
/** Loads the bank if it was not loaded before. Returns 0 if it could not be loaded.
\return
returns a pointer to the sprite bank.
//! Returns pointer to the sprite bank with the specified file name.
/** Loads the bank if it was not loaded before.
\param filename Filename of the sprite bank's origin.
\return Pointer to the sprite bank. Returns 0 if it could not be loaded.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUISpriteBank* getSpriteBank(const c8* filename) = 0;
//! adds an empty sprite bank to the manager
//! Adds an empty sprite bank to the manager
/** \param name Name of the new sprite bank.
\return Pointer to the sprite bank.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUISpriteBank* addEmptySpriteBank(const c8 *name) = 0;
//! Returns the root gui element.
//! Returns the root gui element.
/** This is the first gui element, parent of all other
gui elements. You'll never need to use this method, unless you are not creating
your own gui elements, trying to add them to the gui elements without a parent.
The returned pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
gui elements. You'll never need to use this method, unless you are
creating your own gui elements, trying to add them to the gui elements
without a parent.
\return Pointer to the root element of the GUI. The returned pointer
should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
information. */
virtual IGUIElement* getRootGUIElement() = 0;
//! Adds an button element.
/** \return
Returns a pointer to the created button. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
//! Adds a button element.
/** \param rectangle Position and dimension of the button.
\param parent Parent gui element of the button.
\param id Id with which the gui element can be identified.
\param text Text displayed on the button.
\param tooltiptext Text displayed in the tooltip.
\return Pointer to the created button. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
more information. */
virtual IGUIButton* addButton(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0, const wchar_t* tooltiptext = 0) = 0;
//! Adds an empty window element.
/** \param modal: Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
gui elements which were created before the message box cannot be used
until this messagebox is removed.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created window. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIWindow* addWindow(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle, bool modal = false,
//! Adds an empty window element.
/** \param rectangle Position and dimension of the window.
\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
gui elements which were created before the window cannot be used until
it is removed.
\param text Text displayed as the window title.
\param parent Parent gui element of the window.
\param id Id with which the gui element can be identified.
\return Pointer to the created window. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
more information. */
virtual IGUIWindow* addWindow(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle, bool modal = false,
const wchar_t* text=0, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a modal screen. This control stops its parent's members from being
//! able to recieve input until its last child is removed, it then deletes its self.
/** \return
Returns a pointer to the created window. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
//! Adds a modal screen. This control stops its parent's members from
//! being able to recieve input until its last child is removed, it
//! then deletes itself.
/** \param parent Parent gui element of the modal.
\return Pointer to the created modal. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
more information. */
virtual IGUIElement* addModalScreen(IGUIElement* parent) = 0;
//! Adds a message box.
/** \param caption: Text to be displayed the title of the message box.
\param text: Text to be displayed in the body of the message box.
\param modal: Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
gui elements which were created before the message box cannot be used
until this messagebox is removed.
\param flags: Flags specifying the layout of the message box. For example
to create a message box with an OK and a CANCEL button on it, set this
to (EMBF_OK | EMBF_CANCEL).
\param parent: Parent gui element of the message box.
\param id: Id with which the gui element can be identified.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created message box. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
/** \param caption Text to be displayed the title of the message box.
\param text Text to be displayed in the body of the message box.
\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
gui elements which were created before the message box cannot be used
until this messagebox is removed.
\param flags Flags specifying the layout of the message box. For example
to create a message box with an OK and a CANCEL button on it, set this
to (EMBF_OK | EMBF_CANCEL).
\param parent Parent gui element of the message box.
\param id Id with which the gui element can be identified.
\return Pointer to the created message box. Returns 0 if an error
occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIWindow* addMessageBox(const wchar_t* caption, const wchar_t* text=0,
bool modal = true, s32 flags = EMBF_OK, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a scrollbar.
/** \return
Returns a pointer to the created scrollbar. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
//! Adds a scrollbar.
/** \param horizontal Specifies if the scroll bar is drawn horizontal
or vertical.
\param rectangle Position and dimension of the scroll bar.
\param parent Parent gui element of the scroll bar.
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
\return Pointer to the created scrollbar. Returns 0 if an error
occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIScrollBar* addScrollBar(bool horizontal, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds an image element.
/** \param image: Image to be displayed.
\param pos: Position of the image. The width and height of the image is taken
from the image.
\param useAlphaChannel: Sets if the image should use the alpha channel of the texture
to draw itself.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created image element. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
//! Adds an image element.
/** \param image Image to be displayed.
\param pos Position of the image. The width and height of the image is
taken from the image.
\param useAlphaChannel Sets if the image should use the alpha channel
of the texture to draw itself.
\param parent Parent gui element of the image.
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
\param text Title text of the image.
\return Pointer to the created image element. Returns 0 if an error
occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIImage* addImage(video::ITexture* image, core::position2d<s32> pos,
bool useAlphaChannel=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0) = 0;
//! Adds an image element.
/** Use IGUIImage::setImage later to set the image to be displayed.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created image element. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
//! Adds an image element.
/** Use IGUIImage::setImage later to set the image to be displayed.
\param rectangle Position and dimension of the image.
\param parent Parent gui element of the image.
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
\param text Title text of the image.
\return Pointer to the created image element. Returns 0 if an error
occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIImage* addImage(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0) = 0;
//! Adds a checkbox element.
/** \return
Returns a pointer to the created check box. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
/** \param checked Define the initial state of the check box.
\param rectangle Position and dimension of check box.
\param parent Parent gui element of the check box.
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
\param text Title text of the check box.
\return Pointer to the created check box. Returns 0 if an error
occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUICheckBox* addCheckBox(bool checked, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0) = 0;
//! Adds a list box element.
/** \return
Returns a pointer to the created list box. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIListBox* addListBox(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
/** \param rectangle Position and dimension of list box.
\param parent Parent gui element of the list box.
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
\param drawBackground Flag whether the background should be drawn.
\return Pointer to the created list box. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
more information. */
virtual IGUIListBox* addListBox(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, bool drawBackground=false) = 0;
//! Adds an mesh viewer. Not 100% implemented yet.
/** \return
Returns a pointer to the created mesh viewer. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
//! Adds a mesh viewer. Not 100% implemented yet.
/** \param rectangle Position and dimension of mesh viewer.
\param parent Parent gui element of the mesh viewer.
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
\param text Title text of the mesh viewer.
\return Pointer to the created mesh viewer. Returns 0 if an error
occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIMeshViewer* addMeshViewer(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, const wchar_t* text=0) = 0;
//! Adds a file open dialog.
/** \param modal: Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
gui elements which were created before the message box cannot be used
until this messagebox is removed.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created file open dialog. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIFileOpenDialog* addFileOpenDialog(const wchar_t* title = 0,
/** \param title Text to be displayed as the title of the dialog.
\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
gui elements which were created before the message box cannot be used
until this messagebox is removed.
\param parent Parent gui element of the dialog.
\param id Id to identify the gui element.
\return Pointer to the created file open dialog. Returns 0 if an error
occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIFileOpenDialog* addFileOpenDialog(const wchar_t* title = 0,
bool modal=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a color select dialog.
/** \param modal: Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
gui elements which were created before the message box cannot be used
until this messagebox is removed.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created file open dialog. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIColorSelectDialog* addColorSelectDialog(const wchar_t* title = 0,
/** \param title The title of the dialog.
\param modal Defines if the dialog is modal. This means, that all other
gui elements which were created before the dialog cannot be used
until it is removed.
\param parent The parent of the dialog.
\param id The ID of the dialog.
\return Pointer to the created file open dialog. Returns 0 if an error
occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIColorSelectDialog* addColorSelectDialog(const wchar_t* title = 0,
bool modal=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a static text.
/** The returned pointer must not be dropped.
\param text is the text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation with SetText().
\param rectangle is the position of the static text.
\param border has to be set to true if the static text should have a 3d border.
\param wordWrap specifies, if the text should be wrapped into multiple lines.
\param parent is the parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the fader directly in the environment.
\param id is a s32 to identify the static text element.
\param fillBackground specifies if the background will be filled. Default: false.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created static text. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIStaticText* addStaticText(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
bool border=false, bool wordWrap=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
//! Adds a static text.
/** \param text Text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation by SetText().
\param rectangle Position and dimension of the static text.
\param border Set to true if the static text should have a 3d border.
\param wordWrap Enable if the text should wrap into multiple lines.
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
\param id The ID of the element.
\param fillBackground Enable if the background shall be filled.
Defaults to false.
\return Pointer to the created static text. Returns 0 if an error
occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIStaticText* addStaticText(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
bool border=false, bool wordWrap=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
bool fillBackground = false) = 0;
//! Adds an edit box.
/** Supports unicode input from every keyboard around the world,
scrolling, copying and pasting (exchanging data with the clipboard directly), maximum
character amount, marking and all shortcuts like ctrl+X, ctrl+V, ctrg+C,
shift+Left, shift+Right, Home, End, and so on.
\param text is the text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation with setText().
\param rectangle is the position of the edit box.
\param border has to be set to true if the edit box should have a 3d border.
\param parent is the parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the edit box directly in the environment.
\param id is a s32 to identify the edit box.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created edit box. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIEditBox* addEditBox(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
//! Adds an edit box.
/** Supports unicode input from every keyboard around the world,
scrolling, copying and pasting (exchanging data with the clipboard
directly), maximum character amount, marking, and all shortcuts like
ctrl+X, ctrl+V, ctrl+C, shift+Left, shift+Right, Home, End, and so on.
\param text Text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation
by setText().
\param rectangle Position and dimension of the edit box.
\param border Set to true if the edit box should have a 3d border.
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the edit box directly in the environment.
\param id The ID of the element.
\return Pointer to the created edit box. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
more information. */
virtual IGUIEditBox* addEditBox(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
bool border=true, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a spin box.
/** An edit box with up and down buttons
\param text is the text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation with setText().
\param rectangle is the position of the spin box.
\param parent is the parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the spin box directly in the environment.
\param id is a s32 to identify the spin box.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created spin box. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUISpinBox* addSpinBox(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
//! Adds a spin box.
/** An edit box with up and down buttons
\param text Text to be displayed. Can be altered after creation by setText().
\param rectangle Position and dimension of the spin box.
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the spin box directly in the environment.
\param id The ID of the element.
\return Pointer to the created spin box. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
more information. */
virtual IGUISpinBox* addSpinBox(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds an element for fading in or out.
/* \param rectangle: Pointer to rectangle specifing the borders of the element.
If the pointer is NULL, the whole screen is used.
\param parent: Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the static text directly in the environment.
\param id: A s32 to identify the text.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created in-out-fader. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
/* \param rectangle Rectangle specifying the borders of the element.
If the pointer is NULL, the whole screen is used.
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
\param id An identifier for the fader.
\return Pointer to the created in-out-fader. Returns 0 if an error
occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIInOutFader* addInOutFader(const core::rect<s32>* rectangle=0, IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a tab control to the environment.
/** \param rectangle is the position of the tab control.
\param parent is the parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the tab control directly in the environment.
\param fillbackground specifies if the background of the tab control should be drawn to.
\param border specifiys if a flat 3d border should be drawn. This is
usually not necesarry unless you don't place the control directly into
the environment without a window as parent.
\param id is a s32 to identify the tab control.
\return
Returns a pointer to the created tab control element. Returns 0 if an error occured.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
/** \param rectangle Position and dimension of the tab control.
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the tab control directly in the environment.
\param fillbackground Specifies if the background of the tab control
should be drawn.
\param border Specifies if a flat 3d border should be drawn. This is
usually not necessary unless you place the control directly into
the environment without a window as parent.
\param id An identifier for the tab control.
\return Pointer to the created tab control element. Returns 0 if an
error occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUITabControl* addTabControl(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, bool fillbackground=false,
bool border=true, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds tab to the environment.
/** You can use this element to group other elements. This is not used for creating tabs on tab controls,
please use IGUITabControl::addTab() for this instead.
\param rectangle is the position of the tab.
\param parent is the parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the tab directly in the environment.
\param id is a s32 to identify the tab. */
//! Adds tab to the environment.
/** You can use this element to group other elements. This is not used
for creating tabs on tab controls, please use IGUITabControl::addTab()
for this instead.
\param rectangle Position and dimension of the tab.
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the tab directly in the environment.
\param id An identifier for the tab.
\return Pointer to the created tab. Returns 0 if an
error occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUITab* addTab(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a context menu to the environment.
/** \param rectangle is the position of the menu. Note that the menu is
resizing itself based on what items you add.
\param parent is the parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the menu directly in the environment.
\param id is a s32 to identify the menu. */
/** \param rectangle Position and dimension of the menu. Note that the
menu is resizing itself based on what items you add.
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the menu directly in the environment.
\param id An identifier for the menu.
\return Pointer to the created context menu. Returns 0 if an
error occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIContextMenu* addContextMenu(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a menu to the environment.
/* This is like the menu you can find on top of most windows in modern graphical user interfaces.
\param parent is the parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the menu directly in the environment.
\param id is a s32 to identify the menu. */
/* This is like the menu you can find on top of most windows in modern
graphical user interfaces.
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the menu directly in the environment.
\param id An identifier for the menu.
\return Pointer to the created menu. Returns 0 if an
error occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIContextMenu* addMenu(IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a toolbar to the environment.
/** It is like a menu is always placed on top
in its parent, and contains buttons.
\param parent is the parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the tool bar directly in the environment.
\param id is a s32 to identify the tool bar. */
/** It is like a menu that is always placed on top of its parent, and
contains buttons.
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the tool bar directly in the environment.
\param id An identifier for the tool bar.
\return Pointer to the created tool bar. Returns 0 if an
error occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIToolBar* addToolBar(IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a combo box to the environment.
/** \param parent is the parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the combo box directly in the environment.
\param id is a s32 to identify the combo box. */
/** \param rectangle Position and dimension of the combo box.
\param parent Parent item of the element, e.g. a window.
Set it to 0 to place the combo box directly in the environment.
\param id An identifier for the combo box.
\return Pointer to the created combo box. Returns 0 if an
error occured. This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IGUIComboBox* addComboBox(const core::rect<s32>& rectangle,
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
@ -387,14 +474,20 @@ public:
IGUIElement* parent=0, s32 id=-1, bool drawBackground = false) = 0;
//! Returns the default element factory which can create all built in elements
/** \return Pointer to the factory.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for
more information. */
virtual IGUIElementFactory* getDefaultGUIElementFactory() const = 0;
//! Adds an element factory to the gui environment.
/** Use this to extend the gui environment with new element types which it should be
able to create automaticly, for example when loading data from xml files. */
/** Use this to extend the gui environment with new element types which
it should be able to create automatically, for example when loading
data from xml files.
\param factoryToAdd Pointer to new factory. */
virtual void registerGUIElementFactory(IGUIElementFactory* factoryToAdd) = 0;
//! Returns amount of registered gui element factories.
//! \return Amount of registered gui element factories.
virtual u32 getRegisteredGUIElementFactoryCount() const = 0;
//! Returns a gui element factory by index
@ -404,24 +497,24 @@ public:
virtual IGUIElement* addGUIElement(const c8* elementName, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
//! Saves the current gui into a file.
//! \param filename: Name of the file.
//! \param start: The GUIElement to start with. Root if 0.
//! \param filename Name of the file.
//! \param start The GUIElement to start with. Root if 0.
virtual bool saveGUI(const c8* filename, IGUIElement* start=0) = 0;
//! Saves the current gui into a file.
//! \param file: The file to write to.
//! \param start: The GUIElement to start with. Root if 0.
//! \param file The file to write to.
//! \param start The GUIElement to start with. Root if 0.
virtual bool saveGUI(io::IWriteFile* file, IGUIElement* start=0) = 0;
//! Loads the gui. Note that the current gui is not cleared before.
//! \param filename: Name of the file .
//! \param parent: Parent for the loaded GUI, root if 0.
//! \param filename Name of the file .
//! \param parent Parent for the loaded GUI, root if 0.
virtual bool loadGUI(const c8* filename, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
//! Loads the gui. Note that the current gui is not cleared before.
//! \param file: The file to load from.
//! \param parent: Parent for the loaded GUI, root if 0.
virtual bool loadGUI(io::IReadFile* file, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
//! \param file The file to load from.
//! \param parent Parent for the loaded GUI, root if 0.
virtual bool loadGUI(io::IReadFile* file, IGUIElement* parent=0) = 0;
//! Writes attributes of the gui environment
virtual void serializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* out, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) const =0;

2
include/IGUIFileOpenDialog.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

26
include/IGUIFont.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -20,8 +20,8 @@ enum EGUI_FONT_TYPE
//! Bitmap fonts loaded from an XML file or a texture.
EGFT_BITMAP = 0,
//! Scalable vector fonts loaded from an XML file.
//! These fonts reside in system memory and use no video memory
//! Scalable vector fonts loaded from an XML file.
//! These fonts reside in system memory and use no video memory
//! until they are displayed. These are slower than bitmap fonts
//! but can be easily scaled and rotated.
EGFT_VECTOR,
@ -44,19 +44,19 @@ public:
//! Draws an text and clips it to the specified rectangle if wanted.
/** \param text: Text to draw
\param position: Rectangle specifying position where to draw the text.
\param color: Color of the text
\param hcenter: Specifiies if the text should be centered horizontally into the rectangle.
\param vcenter: Specifiies if the text should be centered vertically into the rectangle.
\param clip: Optional pointer to a rectangle against which the text will be clipped.
If the pointer is null, no clipping will be done. */
virtual void draw(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& position,
\param position: Rectangle specifying position where to draw the text.
\param color: Color of the text
\param hcenter: Specifiies if the text should be centered horizontally into the rectangle.
\param vcenter: Specifiies if the text should be centered vertically into the rectangle.
\param clip: Optional pointer to a rectangle against which the text will be clipped.
If the pointer is null, no clipping will be done. */
virtual void draw(const wchar_t* text, const core::rect<s32>& position,
video::SColor color, bool hcenter=false, bool vcenter=false,
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
//! Calculates the dimension of a text.
/** \return Returns width and height of the area covered by the text if it would be
drawn. */
/** \return Returns width and height of the area covered by the text if
it would be drawn. */
virtual core::dimension2d<s32> getDimension(const wchar_t* text) const = 0;
//! Calculates the index of the character in the text which is on a specific position.
@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ public:
to the global kerning value. For example, a space might only be one pixel wide, but it may
be displayed as several pixels.
\param previousLetter: If provided, kerning is calculated for both letters and added to the global
kerning value. For example, in a font which supports kerning pairs a string such as 'Wo' may have
kerning value. For example, in a font which supports kerning pairs a string such as 'Wo' may have
the 'o' tucked neatly under the 'W'.
*/
virtual s32 getKerningWidth(const wchar_t* thisLetter=0, const wchar_t* previousLetter=0) const = 0;

2
include/IGUIFontBitmap.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IGUIImage.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

4
include/IGUIInOutFader.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ namespace gui
{
//! Element for fading out or in
/** Here is a small example on how the class is used. In this example we fade
/** Here is a small example on how the class is used. In this example we fade
in from a total red screen in the beginning. As you can see, the fader is not
only useful for dramatic in and out fading, but also to show that the player
is hit in a first person shooter game for example.

10
include/IGUIListBox.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -95,22 +95,22 @@ namespace gui
//! clear all item colors at index
virtual void clearItemOverrideColor(u32 index) = 0;
//! clear item color at index for given colortype
//! clear item color at index for given colortype
virtual void clearItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) = 0;
//! has the item at index it's color overwritten?
virtual bool hasItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) const = 0;
//! return the overwrite color at given item index.
//! return the overwrite color at given item index.
virtual video::SColor getItemOverrideColor(u32 index, EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) const = 0;
//! return the default color which is used for the given colorType
virtual video::SColor getItemDefaultColor(EGUI_LISTBOX_COLOR colorType) const = 0;
//! set the item at the given index
//! set the item at the given index
virtual void setItem(u32 index, const wchar_t* text, s32 icon) = 0;
//! Insert the item at the given index
//! Insert the item at the given index
//! Return the index on success or -1 on failure.
virtual s32 insertItem(u32 index, const wchar_t* text, s32 icon) = 0;

2
include/IGUIMeshViewer.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IGUIScrollBar.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

102
include/IGUISkin.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ namespace gui
"windowRestore",
"windowClose",
"windowMinimize",
"windowResize",
"windowResize",
"cursorUp",
"cursorDown",
"cursorLeft",
@ -338,7 +338,7 @@ namespace gui
//! returns size for the given size type
virtual s32 getSize(EGUI_DEFAULT_SIZE size) const = 0;
//! Returns a default text.
//! Returns a default text.
/** For example for Message box button captions:
"OK", "Cancel", "Yes", "No" and so on. */
virtual const wchar_t* getDefaultText(EGUI_DEFAULT_TEXT text) const = 0;
@ -368,50 +368,50 @@ namespace gui
virtual u32 getIcon(EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON icon) const = 0;
//! Sets a default icon
/** Sets the sprite index used for drawing icons like arrows,
close buttons and ticks in checkboxes
/** Sets the sprite index used for drawing icons like arrows,
close buttons and ticks in checkboxes
\param icon: Enum specifying which icon to change
\param index: The sprite index used to draw this icon */
virtual void setIcon(EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON icon, u32 index) = 0;
//! draws a standard 3d button pane
/** Used for drawing for example buttons in normal state.
/** Used for drawing for example buttons in normal state.
It uses the colors EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW, EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT, EGDC_3D_SHADOW and
EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
\param clip: Clip area. */
\param clip: Clip area. */
virtual void draw3DButtonPaneStandard(IGUIElement* element,
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
//! draws a pressed 3d button pane
/** Used for drawing for example buttons in pressed state.
/** Used for drawing for example buttons in pressed state.
It uses the colors EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW, EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT, EGDC_3D_SHADOW and
EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
\param clip: Clip area. */
virtual void draw3DButtonPanePressed(IGUIElement* element,
\param clip: Clip area. */
virtual void draw3DButtonPanePressed(IGUIElement* element,
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
//! draws a sunken 3d pane
/** Used for drawing the background of edit, combo or check boxes.
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param bgcolor: Background color.
\param flat: Specifies if the sunken pane should be flat or displayed as sunken
deep into the ground.
\param flat: Specifies if the sunken pane should be flat or displayed as sunken
deep into the ground.
\param fillBackGround: Specifies if the background should be filled with the background
color or not be drawn at all.
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
\param clip: Clip area. */
\param clip: Clip area. */
virtual void draw3DSunkenPane(IGUIElement* element,
video::SColor bgcolor, bool flat, bool fillBackGround,
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
@ -420,12 +420,12 @@ namespace gui
//! draws a window background
/** Used for drawing the background of dialogs and windows.
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param titleBarColor: Title color.
\param drawTitleBar: True to enable title drawing.
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
\param clip: Clip area.
\param clip: Clip area.
\return Returns rect where it would be good to draw title bar text. */
virtual core::rect<s32> draw3DWindowBackground(IGUIElement* element,
bool drawTitleBar, video::SColor titleBarColor,
@ -433,75 +433,75 @@ namespace gui
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
//! draws a standard 3d menu pane
/** Used for drawing for menus and context menus.
/** Used for drawing for menus and context menus.
It uses the colors EGDC_3D_DARK_SHADOW, EGDC_3D_HIGH_LIGHT, EGDC_3D_SHADOW and
EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
EGDC_3D_FACE for this. See EGUI_DEFAULT_COLOR for details.
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
\param clip: Clip area. */
\param clip: Clip area. */
virtual void draw3DMenuPane(IGUIElement* element,
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
//! draws a standard 3d tool bar
/** Used for drawing for toolbars and menus.
/** Used for drawing for toolbars and menus.
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
\param clip: Clip area. */
\param clip: Clip area. */
virtual void draw3DToolBar(IGUIElement* element,
const core::rect<s32>& rect,
const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
//! draws a tab button
/** Used for drawing for tab buttons on top of tabs.
/** Used for drawing for tab buttons on top of tabs.
\param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param active: Specifies if the tab is currently active.
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
\param clip: Clip area. */
\param clip: Clip area. */
virtual void draw3DTabButton(IGUIElement* element, bool active,
const core::rect<s32>& rect, const core::rect<s32>* clip=0, gui::EGUI_ALIGNMENT alignment=EGUIA_UPPERLEFT) = 0;
//! draws a tab control body
/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this. This parameter
is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example by more complex
implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param border: Specifies if the border should be drawn.
\param background: Specifies if the background should be drawn.
\param rect: Defining area where to draw.
\param clip: Clip area. */
\param clip: Clip area. */
virtual void draw3DTabBody(IGUIElement* element, bool border, bool background,
const core::rect<s32>& rect, const core::rect<s32>* clip=0, s32 tabHeight=-1, gui::EGUI_ALIGNMENT alignment=EGUIA_UPPERLEFT ) = 0;
//! draws an icon, usually from the skin's sprite bank
/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this icon.
This parameter is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example
by more complex implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this icon.
This parameter is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example
by more complex implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param icon: Specifies the icon to be drawn.
\param position: The position to draw the icon
\param starttime: The time at the start of the animation
\param currenttime: The present time, used to calculate the frame number
\param loop: Whether the animation should loop or not
\param clip: Clip area. */
\param clip: Clip area. */
virtual void drawIcon(IGUIElement* element, EGUI_DEFAULT_ICON icon,
const core::position2di position, u32 starttime=0, u32 currenttime=0,
const core::position2di position, u32 starttime=0, u32 currenttime=0,
bool loop=false, const core::rect<s32>* clip=0) = 0;
//! draws a 2d rectangle.
/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this icon.
This parameter is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example
by more complex implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param color: Color of the rectangle to draw. The alpha component specifies how
/** \param element: Pointer to the element which wishes to draw this icon.
This parameter is usually not used by IGUISkin, but can be used for example
by more complex implementations to find out how to draw the part exactly.
\param color: Color of the rectangle to draw. The alpha component specifies how
transparent the rectangle will be.
\param pos: Position of the rectangle.
\param clip: Pointer to rectangle against which the rectangle will be clipped.
If the pointer is null, no clipping will be performed. */
virtual void draw2DRectangle(IGUIElement* element, const video::SColor &color,
virtual void draw2DRectangle(IGUIElement* element, const video::SColor &color,
const core::rect<s32>& pos, const core::rect<s32>* clip = 0) = 0;
//! get the type of this skin

8
include/IGUISpinBox.h
View File

@ -1,5 +1,6 @@
// Copyright (C) 2006 Michael Zeilfelder
// This file uses the licence of the Irrlicht Engine.
// Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Michael Zeilfelder
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
#ifndef __I_GUI_SPIN_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
#define __I_GUI_SPIN_BOX_H_INCLUDED__
@ -26,9 +27,6 @@ namespace gui
virtual ~IGUISpinBox() {}
//! Access the edit box used in the spin control
/** \param enable: If set to true, the override color, which can be set
with IGUIEditBox::setOverrideColor is used, otherwise the
EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color of the skin. */
virtual IGUIEditBox* getEditBox() const = 0;
//! set the current value of the spinbox

5
include/IGUISpriteBank.h
View File

@ -1,3 +1,6 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
#ifndef __I_GUI_SPRITE_BANK_H_INCLUDED__
#define __I_GUI_SPRITE_BANK_H_INCLUDED__
@ -18,12 +21,14 @@ namespace video
namespace gui
{
//! A single sprite frame.
struct SGUISpriteFrame
{
u32 textureNumber;
u32 rectNumber;
};
//! A sprite composed of several frames.
struct SGUISprite
{
SGUISprite() : Frames(), frameTime(0) { };

36
include/IGUIStaticText.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ namespace gui
//! Sets another color for the text.
/** If set, the static text does not use the EGDC_BUTTON_TEXT color defined
in the skin, but the set color instead. You don't need to call
IGUIStaticText::enableOverrrideColor(true) after this, this is done
by this function.
If you set a color, and you want the text displayed with the color
of the skin again, call IGUIStaticText::enableOverrideColor(false);
\param color: New color of the text. */
in the skin, but the set color instead. You don't need to call
IGUIStaticText::enableOverrrideColor(true) after this, this is done
by this function.
If you set a color, and you want the text displayed with the color
of the skin again, call IGUIStaticText::enableOverrideColor(false);
\param color: New color of the text. */
virtual void setOverrideColor(video::SColor color) = 0;
//! Gets the override color
@ -69,30 +69,30 @@ namespace gui
virtual void setDrawBorder(bool draw) = 0;
//! Sets text justification mode
/** \param horizontal: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT for left justified (default),
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for right justified, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text.
\param vertical: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT to align with top edge,
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for bottom edge, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text (default). */
/** \param horizontal: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT for left justified (default),
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for right justified, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text.
\param vertical: EGUIA_UPPERLEFT to align with top edge,
EGUIA_LOWEERRIGHT for bottom edge, or EGUIA_CENTER for centered text (default). */
virtual void setTextAlignment(EGUI_ALIGNMENT horizontal, EGUI_ALIGNMENT vertical) = 0;
//! Enables or disables word wrap for using the static text as multiline text control.
/** \param enable: If set to true, words going over one line are
broken on to the next line. */
/** \param enable: If set to true, words going over one line are
broken on to the next line. */
virtual void setWordWrap(bool enable) = 0;
//! Checks if word wrap is enabled
//! \return true if word wrap is enabled, false otherwise
virtual bool isWordWrapEnabled(void) const = 0;
//! Returns the height of the text in pixels when it is drawn.
/** This is useful for adjusting the layout of gui elements based on the height
of the multiline text in this element.
\return Returns height of text in pixels. */
//! Returns the height of the text in pixels when it is drawn.
/** This is useful for adjusting the layout of gui elements based on the height
of the multiline text in this element.
\return Height of text in pixels. */
virtual s32 getTextHeight() const = 0;
//! Returns the width of the current text, in the current font
/** If the text is broken, this returns the width of the widest line
\return The width of the text, or the widest broken line. */
\return The width of the text, or the widest broken line. */
virtual s32 getTextWidth(void) const = 0;
};

8
include/IGUITabControl.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -69,17 +69,17 @@ namespace gui
//! Returns a tab based on zero based index
/** \param idx: zero based index of tab. Is a value betwenn 0 and getTabcount()-1;
\return Returns pointer to the Tab. Returns 0 if no tab
is corresponding to this tab. */
is corresponding to this tab. */
virtual IGUITab* getTab(s32 idx) const = 0;
//! Brings a tab to front.
/** \param idx: number of the tab.
\return Returns true if successful. */
\return Returns true if successful. */
virtual bool setActiveTab(s32 idx) = 0;
//! Brings a tab to front.
/** \param tab: pointer to the tab.
\return Returns true if successful. */
\return Returns true if successful. */
virtual bool setActiveTab(IGUIElement *tab) = 0;
//! Returns which tab is currently active

2
include/IGUIToolbar.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IGUIWindow.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

52
include/IImage.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -18,9 +18,10 @@ namespace video
/** A color format specifies how color information is stored. */
enum ECOLOR_FORMAT
{
//! 16 bit color format used by the software driver, and thus preferred
//! by all other irrlicht engine video drivers. There are 5 bits for every
//! color component, and a single bit is left for alpha information.
//! 16 bit color format used by the software driver.
/** It is thus preferred by all other irrlicht engine video drivers.
There are 5 bits for every color component, and a single bit is left
for alpha information. */
ECF_A1R5G5B5 = 0,
//! Standard 16 bit color format.
@ -29,13 +30,12 @@ enum ECOLOR_FORMAT
//! 24 bit color, no alpha channel, but 8 bit for red, green and blue.
ECF_R8G8B8,
//! Default 32 bit color format. 8 bits are used for every component:
//! red, green, blue and alpha.
//! Default 32 bit color format. 8 bits are used for every component: red, green, blue and alpha.
ECF_A8R8G8B8
};
//! Interface for software image data.
//! Interface for software image data.
/** Image loaders create these images from files. IVideoDrivers convert
these images into their (hardware) textures.
*/
@ -43,20 +43,20 @@ class IImage : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IImage() {}
//! Lock function. Use this to get a pointer to the image data. After you
//! don't need the pointer anymore, you must call unlock().
//! \return Returns pointer to the image data. What type of data
//! is pointed to depends on the color format of the image. For example
//! if the color format is ECF_A8R8G8B8, it is of u32.
//! Be sure to call unlock() after you don't need the pointer any more.
//! Lock function. Use this to get a pointer to the image data.
/** After you don't need the pointer anymore, you must call unlock().
\return Pointer to the image data. What type of data is pointed to
depends on the color format of the image. For example if the color
format is ECF_A8R8G8B8, it is of u32. Be sure to call unlock() after
you don't need the pointer any more. */
virtual void* lock() = 0;
//! Unlock function.
//! Should be called after the pointer received by lock() is not
//! needed anymore.
/** Should be called after the pointer received by lock() is not
needed anymore. */
virtual void unlock() = 0;
//! Returns width and height of image data.
@ -74,34 +74,34 @@ public:
//! Returns image data size in pixels
virtual u32 getImageDataSizeInPixels() const = 0;
//! returns a pixel
//! Returns a pixel
virtual SColor getPixel(u32 x, u32 y) const = 0;
//! sets a pixel
//! Sets a pixel
virtual void setPixel(u32 x, u32 y, const SColor &color ) = 0;
//! returns the color format
//! Returns the color format
virtual ECOLOR_FORMAT getColorFormat() const = 0;
//! returns mask for red value of a pixel
//! Returns mask for red value of a pixel
virtual u32 getRedMask() const = 0;
//! returns mask for green value of a pixel
//! Returns mask for green value of a pixel
virtual u32 getGreenMask() const = 0;
//! returns mask for blue value of a pixel
//! Returns mask for blue value of a pixel
virtual u32 getBlueMask() const = 0;
//! returns mask for alpha value of a pixel
//! Returns mask for alpha value of a pixel
virtual u32 getAlphaMask() const = 0;
//! returns pitch of image
//! Returns pitch of image
virtual u32 getPitch() const = 0;
//! copies the image into the target, scaling the image to fit
//! Copies the image into the target, scaling the image to fit
virtual void copyToScaling(void* target, s32 width, s32 height, ECOLOR_FORMAT format=ECF_A8R8G8B8, u32 pitch=0) = 0;
//! copies the image into the target, scaling the image to fit
//! Copies the image into the target, scaling the image to fit
virtual void copyToScaling(IImage* target) = 0;
};

25
include/IImageLoader.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -17,26 +17,33 @@ namespace io
namespace video
{
//! Class which is able to create a image from a file.
/** If you want the Irrlicht Engine be able to load textures of
//! Class which is able to create a image from a file.
/** If you want the Irrlicht Engine be able to load textures of
currently unsupported file formats (e.g .gif), then implement
this and add your new Surface loader with
this and add your new Surface loader with
IVideoDriver::addExternalImageLoader() to the engine. */
class IImageLoader : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IImageLoader() {}
//! returns true if the file maybe is able to be loaded by this class
//! based on the file extension (e.g. ".tga")
//! Check if the file might be loaded by this class
/** Check is based on the file extension (e.g. ".tga")
\param fileName Name of file to check.
\return True if file seems to be loadable. */
virtual bool isALoadableFileExtension(const c8* fileName) const = 0;
//! returns true if the file maybe is able to be loaded by this class
//! Check if the file might be loaded by this class
/** Check might look into the file.
\param file File handle to check.
\return True if file seems to be loadable. */
virtual bool isALoadableFileFormat(io::IReadFile* file) const = 0;
//! creates a surface from the file
//! Creates a surface from the file
/** \param file File handle to check.
\return Pointer to newly created image, or 0 upon error. */
virtual IImage* loadImage(io::IReadFile* file) const = 0;
};

16
include/IImageWriter.h
View File

@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
#ifndef _I_IMAGE_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
#define _I_IMAGE_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
@ -19,13 +23,19 @@ namespace video
class IImageWriter : public IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IImageWriter() { }
//! return true if this writer can write a file with the given extension
//! Check if this writer can write a file with the given extension
/** \param fileName Name of the file to check.
\return True if file extension specifies a writable type. */
virtual bool isAWriteableFileExtension(const c8* fileName) const = 0;
//! write image to file
//! Write image to file
/** \param file File handle to write to.
\param image Image to write into file.
\param param Writer specific parameter, influencing e.g. quality.
\return True if image was successfully written. */
virtual bool writeImage(io::IWriteFile *file, IImage *image, u32 param = 0) const = 0;
};

19
include/ILightSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -13,32 +13,31 @@ namespace irr
namespace scene
{
//! Scene node which is a dynamic light.
//! Scene node which is a dynamic light.
/** You can switch the light on and off by making it visible or not. It can be
animated by ordinary scene node animators.
If the light type is directional or spot, the direction of the light source
is defined by the rotation of the scene node (assuming (0,0,1) as the local
direction of the light).
animated by ordinary scene node animators. If the light type is directional or
spot, the direction of the light source is defined by the rotation of the scene
node (assuming (0,0,1) as the local direction of the light).
*/
class ILightSceneNode : public ISceneNode
{
public:
//! constructor
ILightSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
ILightSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0))
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position) {}
//! Sets the light data associated with this ILightSceneNode
//! \param light The new light data.
/** \param light The new light data. */
virtual void setLightData(const video::SLight& light) = 0;
//! Gets the light data associated with this ILightSceneNode
//! \return Returns the light data.
/** \return The light data. */
virtual const video::SLight& getLightData() const = 0;
//! Gets the light data associated with this ILightSceneNode
//! \return Returns the light data.
/** \return The light data. */
virtual video::SLight& getLightData() = 0;
};

79
include/ILogger.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -10,10 +10,10 @@
namespace irr
{
//! Possible log levels.
enum ELOG_LEVEL
{
//! High log level, warnings, errors and important information
//! texts are printed out.
//! High log level, warnings, errors and important information texts are printed out.
ELL_INFORMATION = 0,
//! Default log level, warnings and errors are printed out
@ -32,60 +32,59 @@ class ILogger : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~ILogger() {}
//! Returns the current set log level.
virtual ELOG_LEVEL getLogLevel() const = 0;
//! Sets a new log level. With this value, texts which are sent to
//! the logger are filtered out. For example setting this value to
//! ELL_WARNING, only warnings and
//! errors are printed out. Setting it to ELL_INFORMATION, which is
//! the default setting, warnings,
//! errors and informational texts are printed out.
//! \param ll: new log level filter value.
//! Sets a new log level.
/** With this value, texts which are sent to the logger are filtered
out. For example setting this value to ELL_WARNING, only warnings and
errors are printed out. Setting it to ELL_INFORMATION, which is the
default setting, warnings, errors and informational texts are printed
out.
\param ll: new log level filter value. */
virtual void setLogLevel(ELOG_LEVEL ll) = 0;
//! Prints out a text into the log
//! \param text: Text to print out.
//! \param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
//! it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
//! is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
//! filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
//! independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE.
/** \param text: Text to print out.
\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
virtual void log(const c8* text, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
//! Prints out a text into the log
//! \param text: Text to print out.
//! \param hint: Additional info. This string is added after a " :" to the
//! string.
//! \param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
//! it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
//! is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
//! filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
//! independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE.
/** \param text: Text to print out.
\param hint: Additional info. This string is added after a " :" to the
string.
\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
virtual void log(const c8* text, const c8* hint, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
//! Prints out a text into the log
//! \param text: Text to print out.
//! \param hint: Additional info. This string is added after a " :" to the
//! string.
//! \param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
//! it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
//! is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
//! filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
//! independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE.
/** \param text: Text to print out.
\param hint: Additional info. This string is added after a " :" to the
string.
\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
virtual void log(const wchar_t* text, const wchar_t* hint, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
//! Prints out a text into the log
//! \param text: Text to print out.
//! \param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
//! it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
//! is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
//! filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
//! independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE.
/** \param text: Text to print out.
\param ll: Log level of the text. If the text is an error, set
it to ELL_ERROR, if it is warning set it to ELL_WARNING, and if it
is just an informational text, set it to ELL_INFORMATION. Texts are
filtered with these levels. If you want to be a text displayed,
independent on what level filter is set, use ELL_NONE. */
virtual void log(const wchar_t* text, ELOG_LEVEL ll=ELL_INFORMATION) = 0;
};

36
include/IMaterialRenderer.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -11,24 +11,24 @@
namespace irr
{
namespace video
namespace video
{
class IVideoDriver;
class IMaterialRendererServices;
//! Interface for material rendering. Can be used to extend the engine with
//! new materials. Refer to IVideoDriver::addMaterialRenderer() for more
//! informations on how to extend the engine with new materials.
//! Interface for material rendering.
/** Can be used to extend the engine with new materials. Refer to
IVideoDriver::addMaterialRenderer() for more informations on how to extend the
engine with new materials. */
class IMaterialRenderer : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IMaterialRenderer() {}
//! Called by the IVideoDriver implementation the let the renderer set
//! its needed render states.
//! Called by the IVideoDriver implementation the let the renderer set its needed render states.
/** This is called during the IVideoDriver::setMaterial() call.
When overriding this, you can set some renderstates or for example a
vertex or pixel shader if you like.
@ -53,8 +53,7 @@ public:
virtual void OnSetMaterial(const SMaterial& material, const SMaterial& lastMaterial,
bool resetAllRenderstates, IMaterialRendererServices* services) {};
//! Called every time before a new bunch of geometry is being drawn
//! using this material with for example drawIndexedTriangleList() call.
//! Called every time before a new bunch of geometry is being drawn using this material with for example drawIndexedTriangleList() call.
/** OnSetMaterial should normally only be called if the renderer decides
that the renderstates should be changed, it won't be called if for
example two drawIndexedTriangleList() will be called with the same
@ -68,31 +67,30 @@ public:
optimized shaders or if this is an incompatible vertex type for this
renderer, to refuse rendering for example.
\return Returns true if everything is ok, and false if nothing should
be rendered. The material renderer can choose to return false for
be rendered. The material renderer can choose to return false for
example if he doesn't support the specified vertex type. This is
actually done in D3D8 and D3D9 when using a normal mapped material with
a vertex type other than EVT_TANGENTS. */
a vertex type other than EVT_TANGENTS. */
virtual bool OnRender(IMaterialRendererServices* service, E_VERTEX_TYPE vtxtype) { return true; };
//! Called by the IVideoDriver to unset this material.
/** Called during the
IVideoDriver::setMaterial() call before the new material will get the OnSetMaterial()
call. */
/** Called during the IVideoDriver::setMaterial() call before the new
material will get the OnSetMaterial() call. */
virtual void OnUnsetMaterial() {}
//! Returns if the material is transparent.
//! Returns if the material is transparent.
/** The scene managment needs to know this
for being able to sort the materials by opaque and transparent. */
virtual bool isTransparent() const { return false; }
//! Returns the render capability of the material.
//! Returns the render capability of the material.
/** Because some more complex materials
are implemented in multiple ways and need special hardware capabilities, it is possible
to query how the current material renderer is performing on the current hardware with this
function.
\return Returns 0 if everything is running fine. Any other value is material renderer
specific and means for example that the renderer switched back to a fall back material because
it cannot use the latest shaders. More specific examples:
specific and means for example that the renderer switched back to a fall back material because
it cannot use the latest shaders. More specific examples:
Fixed function pipeline materials should return 0 in most cases, parallax mapped
material will only return 0 when at least pixel shader 1.4 is available on that machine. */
virtual s32 getRenderCapability() const { return 0; }

111
include/IMaterialRendererServices.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
namespace irr
{
namespace video
namespace video
{
class IVideoDriver;
@ -20,69 +20,80 @@ class IVideoDriver;
//! Interface providing some methods for changing advanced, internal states of a IVideoDriver.
class IMaterialRendererServices
{
public:
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IMaterialRendererServices() {}
//! Can be called by an IMaterialRenderer to make its work easier.
//! Sets all basic renderstates if needed.
//! Basic render states are diffuse, ambient, specular, and emissive color, specular power,
//! bilinear and trilinear filtering, wireframe mode,
//! grouraudshading, lighting, zbuffer, zwriteenable, backfaceculling and fog enabling.
virtual void setBasicRenderStates(const SMaterial& material,
/** Sets all basic renderstates if needed.
Basic render states are diffuse, ambient, specular, and emissive color,
specular power, bilinear and trilinear filtering, wireframe mode,
grouraudshading, lighting, zbuffer, zwriteenable, backfaceculling and
fog enabling.
\param material The new material to be used.
\param lastMaterial The material used until now.
\param resetAllRenderstates Set to true if all renderstates should be
set, regardless of their current state. */
virtual void setBasicRenderStates(const SMaterial& material,
const SMaterial& lastMaterial,
bool resetAllRenderstates) = 0;
//! Sets a constant for the vertex shader based on a name. This can be used if you used
//! a high level shader language like GLSL or HLSL to create a shader. Example: If you
//! created a shader which has variables named 'mWorldViewProj' (containing the
//! WorldViewProjection matrix) and another one named 'fTime' containing one float,
//! you can set them in your IShaderConstantSetCallBack derived class like this:
//! \code
//! virtual void OnSetConstants(video::IMaterialRendererServices* services, s32 userData)
//! {
//! video::IVideoDriver* driver = services->getVideoDriver();
//!
//! f32 time = (f32)os::Timer::getTime()/100000.0f;
//! services->setVertexShaderConstant("fTime", &time, 1);
//!
//! core::matrix4 worldViewProj(driver->getTransform(video::ETS_PROJECTION));
//! worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_VIEW);
//! worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_WORLD);
//! services->setVertexShaderConstant("mWorldViewProj", worldViewProj.M, 16);
//! }
//! \endcode
//! \param name: Name of the variable
//! \param floats: Pointer to array of floats
//! \param count: Amount of floats in array.
//! \return: Returns true if successful.
//! Sets a constant for the vertex shader based on a name.
/** This can be used if you used a high level shader language like GLSL
or HLSL to create a shader. Example: If you created a shader which has
variables named 'mWorldViewProj' (containing the WorldViewProjection
matrix) and another one named 'fTime' containing one float, you can set
them in your IShaderConstantSetCallBack derived class like this:
\code
virtual void OnSetConstants(video::IMaterialRendererServices* services, s32 userData)
{
video::IVideoDriver* driver = services->getVideoDriver();
f32 time = (f32)os::Timer::getTime()/100000.0f;
services->setVertexShaderConstant("fTime", &time, 1);
core::matrix4 worldViewProj(driver->getTransform(video::ETS_PROJECTION));
worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_VIEW);
worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_WORLD);
services->setVertexShaderConstant("mWorldViewProj", worldViewProj.M, 16);
}
\endcode
\param name Name of the variable
\param floats Pointer to array of floats
\param count Amount of floats in array.
\return True if successful.
*/
virtual bool setVertexShaderConstant(const c8* name, const f32* floats, int count) = 0;
//! Sets a vertex shader constant. Can be used if you created a shader using
//! pixel/vertex shader assembler or ARB_fragment_program or ARB_vertex_program.
//! \param data: Data to be set in the constants
//! \param startRegister: First register to be set
//! \param constantAmount: Amount of registers to be set. One register consists of 4 floats.
//! Sets a vertex shader constant.
/** Can be used if you created a shader using pixel/vertex shader
assembler or ARB_fragment_program or ARB_vertex_program.
\param data: Data to be set in the constants
\param startRegister: First register to be set
\param constantAmount: Amount of registers to be set. One register consists of 4 floats. */
virtual void setVertexShaderConstant(const f32* data, s32 startRegister, s32 constantAmount=1) = 0;
//! Sets a constant for the pixel shader based on a name. This can be used if you used
//! a high level shader language like GLSL or HLSL to create a shader. See
//! setVertexShaderConstant() for an example on how to use this.
//! \param name: Name of the variable
//! \param floats: Pointer to array of floats
//! \param count: Amount of floats in array.
//! \return: Returns true if successful.
//! Sets a constant for the pixel shader based on a name.
/** This can be used if you used a high level shader language like GLSL
or HLSL to create a shader. See setVertexShaderConstant() for an
example on how to use this.
\param name Name of the variable
\param floats Pointer to array of floats
\param count Amount of floats in array.
\return True if successful. */
virtual bool setPixelShaderConstant(const c8* name, const f32* floats, int count) = 0;
//! Sets a pixel shader constant. Can be used if you created a shader using
//! pixel/vertex shader assembler or ARB_fragment_program or ARB_vertex_program.
//! \param data: Data to be set in the constants
//! \param startRegister: First register to be set.
//! \param constantAmount: Amount of registers to be set. One register consists of 4 floats.
//! Sets a pixel shader constant.
/** Can be used if you created a shader using pixel/vertex shader
assembler or ARB_fragment_program or ARB_vertex_program.
\param data Data to be set in the constants
\param startRegister First register to be set.
\param constantAmount Amount of registers to be set. One register consists of 4 floats. */
virtual void setPixelShaderConstant(const f32* data, s32 startRegister, s32 constantAmount=1) = 0;
//! Returns a pointer to the IVideoDriver interface
//! Get pointer to the IVideoDriver interface
/** \return Pointer to the IVideoDriver interface */
virtual IVideoDriver* getVideoDriver() = 0;
};

19
include/IMesh.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -15,14 +15,14 @@ namespace scene
class IMeshBuffer;
//! Class for accessing a mesh with multiple mesh buffers.
/** An IMesh is nothing more than a collection of some mesh buffers (IMeshBuffer).
SMesh is a simple implementation of an IMesh.
/** An IMesh is nothing more than a collection of some mesh buffers
(IMeshBuffer). SMesh is a simple implementation of an IMesh.
*/
class IMesh : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IMesh() { }
//! Returns the amount of mesh buffers.
@ -30,15 +30,15 @@ namespace scene
virtual u32 getMeshBufferCount() const = 0;
//! Returns pointer to a mesh buffer.
/** \param nr: Zero based index of the mesh buffer. The maximum value is
/** \param nr: Zero based index of the mesh buffer. The maximum value is
getMeshBufferCount() - 1;
\return Returns the pointer to the mesh buffer or
\return Returns the pointer to the mesh buffer or
NULL if there is no such mesh buffer. */
virtual IMeshBuffer* getMeshBuffer(u32 nr) const = 0;
//! Returns pointer to a mesh buffer which fits a material
/** \param material: material to search for
\return Returns the pointer to the mesh buffer or
/** \param material: material to search for
\return Returns the pointer to the mesh buffer or
NULL if there is no such mesh buffer. */
virtual IMeshBuffer* getMeshBuffer( const video::SMaterial &material) const = 0;
@ -47,11 +47,12 @@ namespace scene
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
//! set user axis aligned bounding box
/** \param box New bounding box to use for the mesh. */
virtual void setBoundingBox( const core::aabbox3df& box) = 0;
//! Sets a flag of all contained materials to a new value.
/** \param flag: Flag to set in all materials.
\param newvalue: New value to set in all materials. */
\param newvalue: New value to set in all materials. */
virtual void setMaterialFlag(video::E_MATERIAL_FLAG flag, bool newvalue) = 0;
};

59
include/IMeshBuffer.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -69,45 +69,57 @@ namespace scene
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IMeshBuffer() { }
//! returns the material of this meshbuffer
//! Get the material of this meshbuffer
/** \return Material of this buffer. */
virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial() = 0;
//! returns the material of this meshbuffer
//! Get the material of this meshbuffer
/** \return Material of this buffer. */
virtual const video::SMaterial& getMaterial() const = 0;
//! returns which type of vertex data is stored.
//! Get type of vertex data which is stored in this meshbuffer.
/** \return Vertex type of this buffer. */
virtual video::E_VERTEX_TYPE getVertexType() const = 0;
//! returns pointer to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices. Which vertex
//! type is used can be determined with getVertexType().
//! Get access to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices.
/** Which vertex type is used can be determined by getVertexType().
\return Pointer to array of vertices. */
virtual const void* getVertices() const = 0;
//! returns pointer to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices. Which vertex
//! type is used can be determined with getVertexType().
//! Get access to vertex data. The data is an array of vertices.
/** Which vertex type is used can be determined by getVertexType().
\return Pointer to array of vertices. */
virtual void* getVertices() = 0;
//! returns amount of vertices
//! Get amount of vertices in meshbuffer.
/** \return Number of vertices in this buffer. */
virtual u32 getVertexCount() const = 0;
//! returns pointer to Indices
//! Get access to Indices.
/** \return Pointer to indices array. */
virtual const u16* getIndices() const = 0;
//! returns pointer to Indices
//! Get access to Indices.
/** \return Pointer to indices array. */
virtual u16* getIndices() = 0;
//! returns amount of indices
//! Get amount of indices in this meshbuffer.
/** \return Number of indices in this buffer. */
virtual u32 getIndexCount() const = 0;
//! returns an axis aligned bounding box
//! Get the axis aligned bounding box of this meshbuffer.
/** \return Axis aligned bounding box of this buffer. */
virtual const core::aabbox3df& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
//! set user axis aligned bounding box
virtual void setBoundingBox( const core::aabbox3df& box) = 0;
//! Set axis aligned bounding box
/** \param box User defined axis aligned bounding box to use
for this buffer. */
virtual void setBoundingBox(const core::aabbox3df& box) = 0;
//! recalculates the bounding box. should be called if the mesh changed.
//! Recalculates the bounding box. Should be called if the mesh changed.
virtual void recalculateBoundingBox() = 0;
//! returns position of vertex i
@ -122,12 +134,17 @@ namespace scene
//! returns normal of vertex i
virtual core::vector3df& getNormal(u32 i) = 0;
//! append the vertices and indices to the current buffer
//! Only works for compatible vertex types
//! Append the vertices and indices to the current buffer
/** Only works for compatible vertex types.
\param vertices Pointer to a vertex array.
\param numVertices Number of vertices in the array.
\param indices Pointer to index array.
\param numIndices Number of indices in array. */
virtual void append(const void* const vertices, u32 numVertices, const u16* const indices, u32 numIndices) = 0;
//! append the meshbuffer to the current buffer
//! Only works for compatible vertex types
//! Append the meshbuffer to the current buffer
/** Only works for compatible vertex types
\param other Buffer to append to this one. */
virtual void append(const IMeshBuffer* const other) = 0;
//! get the current hardware mapping hint

139
include/IMeshCache.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -18,107 +18,142 @@ namespace scene
class IAnimatedMeshSceneNode;
class IMeshLoader;
//! The mesh cache stores already loaded meshes and provides an interface to them.
/** You can access it using ISceneManager::getMeshCache(). All existing scene managers
will return a pointer to the same mesh cache, because it is shared between them. With
this interface, it is possible to manually add new loaded meshes (if
ISceneManager::getMesh() is not sufficient), to remove them and to iterate through
already loaded meshes. */
//! The mesh cache stores already loaded meshes and provides an interface to them.
/** You can access it using ISceneManager::getMeshCache(). All existing
scene managers will return a pointer to the same mesh cache, because it
is shared between them. With this interface, it is possible to manually
add new loaded meshes (if ISceneManager::getMesh() is not sufficient),
to remove them and to iterate through already loaded meshes. */
class IMeshCache : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IMeshCache() {}
//! Adds a mesh to the internal list of loaded meshes.
/** Usually, ISceneManager::getMesh() is called to load a mesh from a file.
That method searches the list of loaded meshes if a mesh has already been loaded and
returns a pointer to if it is in that list and already in memory. Otherwise it loads
the mesh. With IMeshCache::addMesh(), it is possible to pretend that a mesh already
has been loaded. This method can be used for example by mesh loaders who need to
load more than one mesh with one call. They can add additional meshes with this
method to the scene manager. The COLLADA loader for example uses this method.
\param filename: Filename of the mesh. When called ISceneManager::getMesh() with this
parameter, the method will return the mesh parameter given with this method.
\param mesh: Pointer to a mesh which will now be referenced by this name. */
/** Usually, ISceneManager::getMesh() is called to load a mesh
from a file. That method searches the list of loaded meshes if
a mesh has already been loaded and returns a pointer to if it
is in that list and already in memory. Otherwise it loads the
mesh. With IMeshCache::addMesh(), it is possible to pretend
that a mesh already has been loaded. This method can be used
for example by mesh loaders who need to load more than one mesh
with one call. They can add additional meshes with this method
to the scene manager. The COLLADA loader for example uses this
method.
\param filename Filename of the mesh. When calling
ISceneManager::getMesh() with this name it will return the mesh
set by this method.
\param mesh Pointer to a mesh which will now be referenced by
this name. */
virtual void addMesh(const c8* filename, IAnimatedMesh* mesh) = 0;
//! Removes a mesh from the cache.
/** After loading a mesh with getMesh(), the mesh can be removed from the cache
using this method, freeing a lot of memory. */
/** After loading a mesh with getMesh(), the mesh can be
removed from the cache using this method, freeing a lot of
memory.
\param mesh Pointer to the mesh which shall be removed. */
virtual void removeMesh(const IAnimatedMesh* const mesh) = 0;
//! Removes a mesh from the cache.
/** After loading a mesh with getMesh(), the mesh can be removed from the cache
using this method, freeing a lot of memory. */
/** After loading a mesh with getMesh(), the mesh can be
removed from the cache using this method, freeing a lot of
memory.
\param mesh Pointer to the mesh which shall be removed. */
virtual void removeMesh(const IMesh* const mesh) = 0;
//! Returns amount of loaded meshes in the cache.
/** You can load new meshes into the cache using getMesh() and addMesh().
If you ever need to access the internal mesh cache, you can do this using
removeMesh(), getMeshNumber(), getMeshByIndex() and getMeshFilename() */
/** You can load new meshes into the cache using getMesh() and
addMesh(). If you ever need to access the internal mesh cache,
you can do this using removeMesh(), getMeshNumber(),
getMeshByIndex() and getMeshFilename().
\return Number of meshes in cache. */
virtual u32 getMeshCount() const = 0;
//! Returns current index number of the mesh, and -1 if it is not in the cache.
/** \param mesh Pointer to the mesh to search for.
\return Index of the mesh in the cache, or -1 if not found. */
virtual s32 getMeshIndex(const IAnimatedMesh* const mesh) const = 0;
//! Returns current index number of the mesh, and -1 if it is not in the cache.
/** \param mesh Pointer to the mesh to search for.
\return Index of the mesh in the cache, or -1 if not found. */
virtual s32 getMeshIndex(const IMesh* const mesh) const = 0;
//! Returns a mesh based on its index number.
/** \param index: Index of the mesh, number between 0 and getMeshCount()-1.
Note that this number is only valid until a new mesh is loaded or removed *
\return Returns pointer to the mesh or 0 if there is none with this number. */
/** \param index: Index of the mesh, number between 0 and
getMeshCount()-1.
Note that this number is only valid until a new mesh is loaded
or removed.
\return Pointer to the mesh or 0 if there is none with this
number. */
virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMeshByIndex(u32 index) = 0;
//! Returns a mesh based on its file name.
/** \return Returns pointer to the mesh or 0 if there is none with this number. */
//! Returns a mesh based on its filename.
/** \param filename Name of the mesh.
\return Pointer to the mesh or 0 if there is none with this number. */
virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMeshByFilename(const c8* filename) = 0;
//! Returns name of a mesh based on its index number.
//! Get the filename of a loaded mesh, based on its index.
/** \param index: Index of the mesh, number between 0 and getMeshCount()-1.
Note that this is only valid until a new mesh is loaded */
\return String with name if mesh was found and has a name, else
0. */
virtual const c8* getMeshFilename(u32 index) const = 0;
//! Returns the filename of a loaded mesh, if there is any.
/** Returns 0 if there is none. */
//! Get the filename of a loaded mesh, if there is any.
/** \param mesh Pointer to mesh to query.
\return String with name if mesh was found and has a name, else
0. */
virtual const c8* getMeshFilename(const IAnimatedMesh* const mesh) const = 0;
//! Returns the filename of a loaded mesh, if there is any.
/* Returns 0 if there is none.*/
//! Get the filename of a loaded mesh, if there is any.
/** \param mesh Pointer to mesh to query.
\return String with name if mesh was found and has a name, else
0. */
virtual const c8* getMeshFilename(const IMesh* const mesh) const = 0;
//! Renames a loaded mesh, if possible.
/** Returns true if sucessful. Note that renaming meshes might change
the ordering of the meshes, and so the index of the meshes as returned by
getMeshIndex() or taken by some methods will change. */
//! Renames a loaded mesh.
/** Note that renaming meshes might change the ordering of the
meshes, and so the index of the meshes as returned by
getMeshIndex() or taken by some methods will change.
\param index The index of the mesh in the cache.
\param filename New name for the mesh.
\return True if mesh was renamed. */
virtual bool setMeshFilename(u32 index, const c8* filename) = 0;
//! Renames a loaded mesh, if possible.
/** Returns true if sucessful. Note that renaming meshes might change
the ordering of the meshes, and so the index of the meshes as returned by
getMeshIndex() or taken by some methods will change. */
//! Renames a loaded mesh.
/** Note that renaming meshes might change the ordering of the
meshes, and so the index of the meshes as returned by
getMeshIndex() or taken by some methods will change.
\param mesh Mesh to be renamed.
\param filename New name for the mesh.
\return True if mesh was renamed. */
virtual bool setMeshFilename(const IAnimatedMesh* const mesh, const c8* filename) = 0;
//! Renames a loaded mesh, if possible.
/** Returns true if sucessful. Note that renaming meshes might change
the ordering of the meshes, and so the index of the meshes as returned by
getMeshIndex() or taken by some methods will change. */
//! Renames a loaded mesh.
/** Note that renaming meshes might change the ordering of the
meshes, and so the index of the meshes as returned by
getMeshIndex() or taken by some methods will change.
\param mesh Mesh to be renamed.
\param filename New name for the mesh.
\return True if mesh was renamed. */
virtual bool setMeshFilename(const IMesh* const mesh, const c8* filename) = 0;
//! returns if a mesh already was loaded
//! Check if a mesh was already loaded.
/** \param filename Name of the mesh.
\return True if the mesh has been loaded, else false. */
virtual bool isMeshLoaded(const c8* filename) = 0;
//! Clears the whole mesh cache, removing all meshes.
/** All meshes will be reloaded completely when using ISceneManager::getMesh()
after calling this method.
Warning: If you have pointers to meshes that were loaded with ISceneManager::getMesh()
after calling this method.
Warning: If you have pointers to meshes that were loaded with ISceneManager::getMesh()
and you did not grab them, then they may become invalid. */
virtual void clear() = 0;
//! Clears all meshes that are held in the mesh cache but not used anywhere else.
/** Warning: If you have pointers to meshes that were loaded with ISceneManager::getMesh()
/** Warning: If you have pointers to meshes that were loaded with ISceneManager::getMesh()
and you did not grab them, then they may become invalid. */
virtual void clearUnusedMeshes() = 0;
};

22
include/IMeshLoader.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -17,24 +17,28 @@ namespace scene
{
class IAnimatedMesh;
//! Class which is able to load an animated mesh from a file.
/** If you want the Irrlicht Engine be able to load meshes of
currently unsupported file formats (e.g .cob), then implement
this and add your new Surface loader with
//! Class which is able to load an animated mesh from a file.
/** If you want Irrlicht be able to load meshes of
currently unsupported file formats (e.g. .cob), then implement
this and add your new Meshloader with
ISceneManager::addExternalMeshLoader() to the engine. */
class IMeshLoader : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IMeshLoader() {}
//! Returns true if the file maybe is able to be loaded by this class.
/** This decision should be based only on the file extension (e.g. ".cob") */
//! Returns true if the file might be loaded by this class.
/** This decision should be based on the file extension (e.g. ".cob")
only.
\param fileName Name of the file to test.
\return True if the file might be loaded by this class. */
virtual bool isALoadableFileExtension(const c8* fileName) const = 0;
//! Creates/loads an animated mesh from the file.
/** \return Pointer to the created mesh. Returns 0 if loading failed.
/** \param file File handler to load the file from.
\return Pointer to the created mesh. Returns 0 if loading failed.
If you no longer need the mesh, you should call IAnimatedMesh::drop().
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IAnimatedMesh* createMesh(io::IReadFile* file) = 0;

93
include/IMeshManipulator.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -21,96 +21,125 @@ namespace scene
class IMeshBuffer;
struct SMesh;
//! An interface for easily manipulate meshes.
/** Scale, set alpha value, flip surfaces, and so on. This exists for fixing problems
with wrong imported or exported meshes quickly after loading. It is not intended for doing mesh
modifications and/or animations during runtime.
//! An interface for easy manipulation of meshes.
/** Scale, set alpha value, flip surfaces, and so on. This exists for
fixing problems with wrong imported or exported meshes quickly after
loading. It is not intended for doing mesh modifications and/or
animations during runtime.
*/
class IMeshManipulator : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IMeshManipulator() {}
//! Flips the direction of surfaces.
//! Flips the direction of surfaces.
/** Changes backfacing triangles to frontfacing
triangles and vice versa.
\param mesh: Mesh on which the operation is performed. */
\param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed. */
virtual void flipSurfaces(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
//! Sets the alpha vertex color value of the whole mesh to a new value.
/** \param mesh: Mesh on which the operation is performed.
\param alpha: New alpha value. Must be a value between 0 and 255. */
/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
\param alpha New alpha value. Must be a value between 0 and 255. */
virtual void setVertexColorAlpha(IMesh* mesh, s32 alpha) const = 0;
//! Sets the colors of all vertices to one color
/** \param mesh Mesh on which the operation is performed.
\param color New color. */
virtual void setVertexColors(IMesh* mesh, video::SColor color) const = 0;
//! Recalculates all normals of the mesh.
/** \param mesh: Mesh on which the operation is performed.
\param smooth: If the normals shall be smoothed. */
\param smooth: If the normals shall be smoothed. */
virtual void recalculateNormals(IMesh* mesh, bool smooth = false) const = 0;
//! Recalculates all normals of the mesh buffer.
/** \param buffer: Mesh buffer on which the operation is performed.
\param smooth: If the normals shall be smoothed. */
\param smooth: If the normals shall be smoothed. */
virtual void recalculateNormals(IMeshBuffer* buffer, bool smooth = false) const = 0;
//! Scales the whole mesh.
/** \param mesh: Mesh on which the operation is performed.
\param scale: Scale factor. */
\param scale: Scale factor. */
virtual void scaleMesh(IMesh* mesh, const core::vector3df& scale) const = 0;
//! Applies a transformation
/** \param mesh: Mesh on which the operation is performed.
\param m: transformation matrix. */
\param m: transformation matrix. */
virtual void transformMesh(IMesh* mesh, const core::matrix4& m) const = 0;
//! Clones a static IMesh into a modifyable SMesh.
//! Clones a static IMesh into a modifiable SMesh.
/** All meshbuffers in the returned SMesh
are of type SMeshBuffer or SMeshBufferLightMap.
\param mesh: Mesh to copy.
\return Returns the cloned mesh.
If you no longer need the cloned mesh, you should call SMesh::drop().
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
\return Returns the cloned mesh. If you no longer need the
cloned mesh, you should call SMesh::drop(). See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual SMesh* createMeshCopy(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
//! Creates a planar texture mapping on the mesh
/** \param mesh: Mesh on which the operation is performed.
\param resolution: resolution of the planar mapping. This is the value
specifying which is the relation between world space and
texture coordinate space. */
\param resolution: resolution of the planar mapping. This is
the value specifying which is the relation between world space
and texture coordinate space. */
virtual void makePlanarTextureMapping(IMesh* mesh, f32 resolution=0.001f) const = 0;
//! Creates a copy of the mesh, which will only consist of S3DVertexTangents vertices.
/** This is useful if you want to draw tangent space normal mapped geometry because
it calculates the tangent and binormal data which is needed there.
\param mesh: Input mesh
\return Mesh consiting only of S3DVertexTangents vertices.
If you no longer need the cloned mesh, you should call IMesh::drop().
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
/** This is useful if you want to draw tangent space normal
mapped geometry because it calculates the tangent and binormal
data which is needed there.
\param mesh Input mesh
\return Mesh consisting only of S3DVertexTangents vertices. If
you no longer need the cloned mesh, you should call
IMesh::drop(). See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
information. */
virtual IMesh* createMeshWithTangents(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
//! Creates a copy of the mesh, which will only consist of S3DVertex2TCoord vertices.
/** \param mesh Input mesh
\return Mesh consisting only of S3DVertex2TCoord vertices. If
you no longer need the cloned mesh, you should call
IMesh::drop(). See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
information. */
virtual IMesh* createMeshWith2TCoords(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
//! Creates a copy of a mesh with all vertices unwelded
/** \param mesh Input mesh
\return Mesh consisting only of unique faces. All vertices
which were previously shared are now duplicated. If you no
longer need the cloned mesh, you should call IMesh::drop(). See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IMesh* createMeshUniquePrimitives(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
//! Creates a copy of a mesh with vertices welded
/** \param mesh Input mesh
\param tolerance The threshold for vertex comparisons.
\return Mesh without redundant vertices. If you no longer need
the cloned mesh, you should call IMesh::drop(). See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IMesh* createMeshWelded(IMesh* mesh, f32 tolerance=core::ROUNDING_ERROR_32) const = 0;
//! Returns amount of polygons in mesh.
//! Get amount of polygons in mesh.
/** \param mesh Input mesh
\return Number of polygons in mesh. */
virtual s32 getPolyCount(IMesh* mesh) const = 0;
//! Returns amount of polygons in mesh.
//! Get amount of polygons in mesh.
/** \param mesh Input mesh
\return Number of polygons in mesh. */
virtual s32 getPolyCount(IAnimatedMesh* mesh) const = 0;
//! create a new AnimatedMesh and adds the mesh to it
//! Create a new AnimatedMesh and adds the mesh to it
/** \param mesh Input mesh
\param type The type of the animated mesh to create.
\return Newly created animated mesh with mesh as it's only
content. When you don't need the animated mesh anymore, you
should call IAnimatedMesh::drop(). See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IAnimatedMesh * createAnimatedMesh(IMesh* mesh,
scene::E_ANIMATED_MESH_TYPE type = scene::EAMT_UNKNOWN) const = 0;
};
} // end namespace scene

24
include/IMeshSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -20,24 +20,32 @@ class IMeshSceneNode : public ISceneNode
{
public:
//! constructor
IMeshSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
const core::vector3df& position, const core::vector3df& rotation,
//! Constructor
/** Use setMesh() to set the mesh to display.
*/
IMeshSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
const core::vector3df& position,
const core::vector3df& rotation,
const core::vector3df& scale)
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position, rotation, scale) {}
//! Sets a new mesh to display
/** \param mesh Mesh to display. */
virtual void setMesh(IMesh* mesh) = 0;
//! Returns the current mesh
//! Get the currently defined mesh for display.
/** \return Pointer to mesh which is displayed by this node. */
virtual IMesh* getMesh(void) = 0;
//! Sets if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style.
/* In this way it is possible to change the materials a mesh causing all mesh scene nodes
referencing this mesh to change too. */
/** In this way it is possible to change the materials of a mesh
causing all mesh scene nodes referencing this mesh to change, too.
\param readonly Flag if the materials shall be read-only. */
virtual void setReadOnlyMaterials(bool readonly) = 0;
//! Returns if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style
//! Check if the scene node should not copy the materials of the mesh but use them in a read only style
/** This flag can be set by setReadOnlyMaterials().
\return Whether the materials are read-only. */
virtual bool isReadOnlyMaterials() const = 0;
};

24
include/IMeshWriter.h
View File

@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
#ifndef __IRR_I_MESH_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
#define __IRR_I_MESH_WRITER_H_INCLUDED__
@ -15,24 +19,30 @@ namespace scene
{
class IMesh;
// interface for writing meshes
//! Interface for writing meshes
class IMeshWriter : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! Destructor
virtual ~IMeshWriter() {}
//! Returns the type of the mesh writer
/** For own implementations, use MAKE_IRR_ID as shown in the EMESH_WRITER_TYPE
enumeration to return your own unique mesh type id.*/
//! Get the type of the mesh writer
/** For own implementations, use MAKE_IRR_ID as shown in the
EMESH_WRITER_TYPE enumeration to return your own unique mesh
type id.
\return Type of the mesh writer. */
virtual EMESH_WRITER_TYPE getType() const = 0;
//! writes a static mesh
/** \return Returns true if sucessful */
//! Write a static mesh.
/** \param file File handle to write the mesh to.
\param mesh Pointer to mesh to be written.
\param flags Optional flags to set properties of the writer.
\return True if sucessful */
virtual bool writeMesh(io::IWriteFile* file, scene::IMesh* mesh,
s32 flags=EMWF_NONE) = 0;
// writes an animated mesh
// Writes an animated mesh
// for future use, no writer is able to write animated meshes currently
/* \return Returns true if sucessful */
//virtual bool writeAnimatedMesh(io::IWriteFile* file,

19
include/IMetaTriangleSelector.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -14,22 +14,21 @@ namespace scene
//! Interface for making multiple triangle selectors work as one big selector.
/** This is nothing more than a collection of one or more triangle selectors
providing together the interface of one triangle selector. In this way,
providing together the interface of one triangle selector. In this way,
collision tests can be done with different triangle soups in one pass.
*/
class IMetaTriangleSelector : public ITriangleSelector
{
public:
//! Adds a triangle selector to the collection of triangle selectors
//! in this metaTriangleSelector.
//! \param toAdd: Pointer to an triangle selector to add to the list.
virtual void addTriangleSelector(ITriangleSelector* toAdd) = 0;
//! Adds a triangle selector to the collection of triangle selectors.
/** \param toAdd: Pointer to an triangle selector to add to the list. */
virtual void addTriangleSelector(ITriangleSelector* toAdd) = 0;
//! Removes a specific triangle selector which was added before from the collection.
//! \param toRemove: Pointer to an triangle selector which is in the list
//! but will be removed.
//! \return Returns true if successful, false if not.
//! Removes a specific triangle selector from the collection.
/** \param toRemove: Pointer to an triangle selector which is in the
list but will be removed.
\return True if successful, false if not. */
virtual bool removeTriangleSelector(ITriangleSelector* toRemove) = 0;
//! Removes all triangle selectors from the collection.

28
include/IOSOperator.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -15,28 +15,28 @@ class IOSOperator : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~IOSOperator() {}
//! returns the current operation system version as string.
//! Get the current operation system version as string.
virtual const wchar_t* getOperationSystemVersion() const = 0;
//! copies text to the clipboard
//! Copies text to the clipboard
virtual void copyToClipboard(const c8* text) const = 0;
//! gets text from the clipboard
//! \return Returns 0 if no string is in there.
virtual c8* getTextFromClipboard() const = 0;
//! Get text from the clipboard
/** \return Returns 0 if no string is in there. */
virtual c8* getTextFromClipboard() const = 0;
//! gets the processor speed in megahertz
//! \param MHz: The integer variable to store the speed in.
//! \return Returns true if successful, false if not
//! Get the processor speed in megahertz
/** \param MHz The integer variable to store the speed in.
\return True if successful, false if not */
virtual bool getProcessorSpeedMHz(u32* MHz) const = 0;
//! gets the total and available system RAM
//! \param Total: will contain the total system memory
//! \param Avail: will contain the available memory
//! \return Returns true if successful, false if not
//! Get the total and available system RAM
/** \param Total: will contain the total system memory
\param Avail: will contain the available memory
\return True if successful, false if not */
virtual bool getSystemMemory(u32* Total, u32* Avail) const = 0;
};

2
include/IParticleAffector.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

6
include/IParticleAnimatedMeshSceneNodeEmitter.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ public:
virtual void setNormalDirectionModifier( f32 normalDirectionModifier ) = 0;
//! Sets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex per
//! second, or to pick min<->max vertices every second
//! second, or to pick min<->max vertices every second
virtual void setEveryMeshVertex( bool everyMeshVertex = true ) = 0;
//! Get Mesh we're emitting particles from
@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ public:
virtual f32 getNormalDirectionModifier() const = 0;
//! Gets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex per
//! second, or to pick min<->max vertices every second
//! second, or to pick min<->max vertices every second
virtual bool getEveryMeshVertex() const = 0;
//! Get emitter type

2
include/IParticleAttractionAffector.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IParticleBoxEmitter.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IParticleCylinderEmitter.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IParticleEmitter.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IParticleFadeOutAffector.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IParticleGravityAffector.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

6
include/IParticleMeshEmitter.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ public:
//! Set the amount that the normal is divided by for getting a particles direction
virtual void setNormalDirectionModifier( f32 normalDirectionModifier ) = 0;
//! Sets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex per second, or to pick
//! Sets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex per second, or to pick
//! min<->max vertices every second
virtual void setEveryMeshVertex( bool everyMeshVertex = true ) = 0;
@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ public:
//! Get the amount that the normal is divided by for getting a particles direction
virtual f32 getNormalDirectionModifier() const = 0;
//! Gets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex per second, or to pick
//! Gets whether to emit min<->max particles for every vertex per second, or to pick
//! min<->max vertices every second
virtual bool getEveryMeshVertex() const = 0;

2
include/IParticleRingEmitter.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IParticleRotationAffector.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

2
include/IParticleSphereEmitter.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

505
include/IParticleSystemSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ class IParticleSystemSceneNode : public ISceneNode
{
public:
//! constructor
//! Constructor
IParticleSystemSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
@ -58,68 +58,76 @@ public:
virtual void setParticleSize(
const core::dimension2d<f32> &size = core::dimension2d<f32>(5.0f, 5.0f)) = 0;
//! Sets if the particles should be global. If it is, the particles are affected by
//! the movement of the particle system scene node too, otherwise they completely
//! ignore it. Default is true.
//! Sets if the particles should be global.
/** If it is, the particles are affected by the movement of the
particle system scene node too, otherwise they completely ignore it.
Default is true. */
virtual void setParticlesAreGlobal(bool global) = 0;
//! Sets the particle emitter, which creates the particles.
//! A particle emitter can be created using one of the
//! methods. For example to create and use a simple PointEmitter,
//! call IParticleEmitter* p = createPointEmitter(); setEmitter(p); p->drop();
//! \param emitter: Sets the particle emitter. You can set this to 0
//! for removing the current emitter and stopping the particle system
//! emitting new particles.
/** A particle emitter can be created using one of the methods. For
example to create and use a simple PointEmitter, call
IParticleEmitter* p = createPointEmitter(); setEmitter(p); p->drop();
\param emitter: Sets the particle emitter. You can set this to 0 for
removing the current emitter and stopping the particle system emitting
new particles. */
virtual void setEmitter(IParticleEmitter* emitter) = 0;
//! Adds new particle effector to the particle system. A particle
//! affector modifies the particles. For example, the FadeOut
//! affector lets all particles fade out after some time. It is created
//! and used in this way: IParticleAffector* p = createFadeOutParticleAffector();
//! addAffector(p); p->drop();
//! Please note that a affector is not necessary for the particle
//! system to work.
//! \param affector: New affector.
//! Adds new particle effector to the particle system.
/** A particle affector modifies the particles. For example, the FadeOut
affector lets all particles fade out after some time. It is created and
used in this way:
\code
IParticleAffector* p = createFadeOutParticleAffector();
addAffector(p);
p->drop();
\endcode
Please note that a affector is not necessary for the particle system to
work.
\param affector: New affector. */
virtual void addAffector(IParticleAffector* affector) = 0;
//! Removes all particle affectors in the particle system.
virtual void removeAllAffectors() = 0;
//! Creates a particle emitter for an animated mesh scene node
//! \param node: Pointer to the animated mesh scene node to emit particles from
//! \param useNormalDirection: If true, the direction of each particle created will
//! be the normal of the vertex that it's emitting from. The normal is divided by the
//! normalDirectionModifier parameter, which defaults to 100.0f.
//! \param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
//! \param normalDirectionModifier: If the emitter is using the normal direction
//! then the normal of the vertex that is being emitted from is divided by this number.
//! \param mbNumber: This allows you to specify a specific meshBuffer for the IMesh*
//! to emit particles from. The default value is -1, which means a random meshBuffer
//! picked from all of the meshes meshBuffers will be selected to pick a random vertex from.
//! If the value is 0 or greater, it will only pick random vertices from the meshBuffer
//! specified by this value.
//! \param everyMeshVertex: If true, the emitter will emit between min/max particles every second,
//! for every vertex in the mesh, if false, it will emit between min/max particles from random vertices
//! in the mesh.
//! \param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted
//! per second.
//! \param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted
//! per second.
//! \param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting direction
//! of the particle will differ from the orignial direction.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle emitter.
//! To set this emitter as new emitter of this particle system,
//! just call setEmitter(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
/** \param node: Pointer to the animated mesh scene node to emit
particles from
\param useNormalDirection: If true, the direction of each particle
created will be the normal of the vertex that it's emitting from. The
normal is divided by the normalDirectionModifier parameter, which
defaults to 100.0f.
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
\param normalDirectionModifier: If the emitter is using the normal
direction then the normal of the vertex that is being emitted from is
divided by this number.
\param mbNumber: This allows you to specify a specific meshBuffer for
the IMesh* to emit particles from. The default value is -1, which
means a random meshBuffer picked from all of the meshes meshBuffers
will be selected to pick a random vertex from. If the value is 0 or
greater, it will only pick random vertices from the meshBuffer
specified by this value.
\param everyMeshVertex: If true, the emitter will emit between min/max
particles every second, for every vertex in the mesh, if false, it will
emit between min/max particles from random vertices in the mesh.
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticleAnimatedMeshSceneNodeEmitter* createAnimatedMeshSceneNodeEmitter(
scene::IAnimatedMeshSceneNode* node, bool useNormalDirection = true,
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f),
@ -132,27 +140,26 @@ public:
s32 maxAngleDegrees = 0 ) = 0;
//! Creates a box particle emitter.
//! \param box: The box for the emitter.
//! \param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
//! \param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted
//! per second.
//! \param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted
//! per second.
//! \param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting direction
//! of the particle will differ from the orignial direction.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle emitter.
//! To set this emitter as new emitter of this particle system,
//! just call setEmitter(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
/** \param box: The box for the emitter.
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticleBoxEmitter* createBoxEmitter(
const core::aabbox3df& box = core::aabbox3df(-10,28,-10,10,30,10),
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
@ -164,29 +171,31 @@ public:
s32 maxAngleDegrees=0) = 0;
//! Creates a particle emitter for emitting from a cylinder
//! \param center: The center of the circle at the base of the cylinder
//! \param radius: The thickness of the cylinder
//! \param normal: Direction of the length of the cylinder
//! \param length: The length of the the cylinder
//! \param outlineOnly: Whether or not to put points inside the cylinder or on the outline only
//! \param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
//! \param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per second.
//! \param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per second.
//! \param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting direction
//! of the particle will differ from the orignial direction.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle emitter.
//! To set this emitter as new emitter of this particle system,
//! just call setEmitter(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
/** \param center: The center of the circle at the base of the cylinder
\param radius: The thickness of the cylinder
\param normal: Direction of the length of the cylinder
\param length: The length of the the cylinder
\param outlineOnly: Whether or not to put points inside the cylinder or
on the outline only
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticleCylinderEmitter* createCylinderEmitter(
const core::vector3df& center, f32 radius,
const core::vector3df& normal, f32 length,
@ -199,38 +208,42 @@ public:
s32 maxAngleDegrees = 0 ) = 0;
//! Creates a mesh particle emitter.
//! \param mesh: Pointer to mesh to emit particles from
//! \param useNormalDirection: If true, the direction of each particle created will
//! be the normal of the vertex that it's emitting from. The normal is divided by the
//! normalDirectionModifier parameter, which defaults to 100.0f.
//! \param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
//! \param normalDirectionModifier: If the emitter is using the normal direction
//! then the normal of the vertex that is being emitted from is divided by this number.
//! \param mbNumber: This allows you to specify a specific meshBuffer for the IMesh*
//! to emit particles from. The default value is -1, which means a random meshBuffer
//! picked from all of the meshes meshBuffers will be selected to pick a random vertex from.
//! If the value is 0 or greater, it will only pick random vertices from the meshBuffer
//! specified by this value.
//! \param everyMeshVertex: If true, the emitter will emit between min/max particles every second,
//! for every vertex in the mesh, if false, it will emit between min/max particles from random vertices
//! in the mesh.
//! \param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per second.
//! \param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per second.
//! \param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting direction
//! of the particle will differ from the orignial direction.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle emitter.
//! To set this emitter as new emitter of this particle system,
//! just call setEmitter(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
/** \param mesh: Pointer to mesh to emit particles from
\param useNormalDirection: If true, the direction of each particle
created will be the normal of the vertex that it's emitting from. The
normal is divided by the normalDirectionModifier parameter, which
defaults to 100.0f.
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
\param normalDirectionModifier: If the emitter is using the normal
direction then the normal of the vertex that is being emitted from is
divided by this number.
\param mbNumber: This allows you to specify a specific meshBuffer for
the IMesh* to emit particles from. The default value is -1, which
means a random meshBuffer picked from all of the meshes meshBuffers
will be selected to pick a random vertex from. If the value is 0 or
greater, it will only pick random vertices from the meshBuffer
specified by this value.
\param everyMeshVertex: If true, the emitter will emit between min/max
particles every second, for every vertex in the mesh, if false, it will
emit between min/max particles from random vertices in the mesh.
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticleMeshEmitter* createMeshEmitter(
scene::IMesh* mesh, bool useNormalDirection = true,
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f),
@ -243,26 +256,25 @@ public:
s32 maxAngleDegrees = 0 ) = 0;
//! Creates a point particle emitter.
//! \param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
//! \param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted
//! per second.
//! \param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted
//! per second.
//! \param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting direction
//! of the particle will differ from the orignial direction.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle emitter.
//! To set this emitter as new emitter of this particle system,
//! just call setEmitter(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
/** \param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticlePointEmitter* createPointEmitter(
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
u32 minParticlesPerSecond = 5,
@ -273,31 +285,30 @@ public:
s32 maxAngleDegrees=0) = 0;
//! Creates a ring particle emitter.
//! \param center: Center of ring
//! \param radius: Distance of points from center, points will be rotated around the
//! Y axis at a random 360 degrees and will then be shifted by the provided ringThickness
//! values in each axis.
//! \param ringThickness : thickness of the ring or how wide the ring is
//! \param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
//! \param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted
//! per second.
//! \param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted
//! per second.
//! \param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting direction
//! of the particle will differ from the orignial direction.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle emitter.
//! To set this emitter as new emitter of this particle system,
//! just call setEmitter(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
/** \param center: Center of ring
\param radius: Distance of points from center, points will be rotated
around the Y axis at a random 360 degrees and will then be shifted by
the provided ringThickness values in each axis.
\param ringThickness : thickness of the ring or how wide the ring is
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticleRingEmitter* createRingEmitter(
const core::vector3df& center, f32 radius, f32 ringThickness,
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
@ -309,28 +320,27 @@ public:
s32 maxAngleDegrees=0) = 0;
//! Creates a sphere particle emitter.
//! \param center: Center of sphere
//! \param radius: Radius of sphere
//! \param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
//! \param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted
//! per second.
//! \param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted
//! per second.
//! \param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle.
//! The real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
//! between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
//! \param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
//! \param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting direction
//! of the particle will differ from the orignial direction.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle emitter.
//! To set this emitter as new emitter of this particle system,
//! just call setEmitter(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
/** \param center: Center of sphere
\param radius: Radius of sphere
\param direction: Direction and speed of particle emission.
\param minParticlesPerSecond: Minimal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param maxParticlesPerSecond: Maximal amount of particles emitted per
second.
\param minStartColor: Minimal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param maxStartColor: Maximal initial start color of a particle. The
real color of every particle is calculated as random interpolation
between minStartColor and maxStartColor.
\param lifeTimeMin: Minimal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param lifeTimeMax: Maximal lifetime of a particle, in milliseconds.
\param maxAngleDegrees: Maximal angle in degrees, the emitting
direction of the particle will differ from the original direction.
\return Pointer to the created particle emitter. To set this emitter
as new emitter of this particle system, just call setEmitter(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticleSphereEmitter* createSphereEmitter(
const core::vector3df& center, f32 radius,
const core::vector3df& direction = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.03f,0.0f),
@ -341,68 +351,71 @@ public:
u32 lifeTimeMin=2000, u32 lifeTimeMax=4000,
s32 maxAngleDegrees=0) = 0;
//! Creates a point attraction affector. This affector modifies the positions of the
//! particles and attracts them to a specified point at a specified speed per second.
//! \param point: Point to attract particles to.
//! \param speed: Speed in units per second, to attract to the specified point.
//! \param attract: Whether the particles attract or detract from this point.
//! \param affectX: Whether or not this will affect the X position of the particle.
//! \param affectY: Whether or not this will affect the Y position of the particle.
//! \param affectZ: Whether or not this will affect the Z position of the particle.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle affector.
//! To add this affector as new affector of this particle system,
//! just call addAffector(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
//! Creates a point attraction affector.
/** This affector modifies the positions of the particles and attracts
them to a specified point at a specified speed per second.
\param point: Point to attract particles to.
\param speed: Speed in units per second, to attract to the specified
point.
\param attract: Whether the particles attract or detract from this
point.
\param affectX: Whether or not this will affect the X position of the
particle.
\param affectY: Whether or not this will affect the Y position of the
particle.
\param affectZ: Whether or not this will affect the Z position of the
particle.
\return Pointer to the created particle affector. To add this affector
as new affector of this particle system, just call addAffector(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticleAttractionAffector* createAttractionAffector(
const core::vector3df& point, f32 speed = 1.0f, bool attract = true,
bool affectX = true, bool affectY = true, bool affectZ = true) = 0;
//! Creates a fade out particle affector. This affector modifies
//! the color of every particle and and reaches the final color
//! when the particle dies.
//! This affector looks really good, if the EMT_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA
//! material is used and the targetColor is video::SColor(0,0,0,0):
//! Particles are fading out into void with this setting.
//! \param targetColor: Color whereto the color of the particle is changed.
//! \param timeNeededToFadeOut: How much time in milli seconds
//! should the affector need to change the color to the targetColor.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle affector.
//! To add this affector as new affector of this particle system,
//! just call addAffector(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
//! Creates a fade out particle affector.
/** This affector modifies the color of every particle and and reaches
the final color when the particle dies. This affector looks really
good, if the EMT_TRANSPARENT_VERTEX_ALPHA material is used and the
targetColor is video::SColor(0,0,0,0): Particles are fading out into
void with this setting.
\param targetColor: Color whereto the color of the particle is changed.
\param timeNeededToFadeOut: How much time in milli seconds should the
affector need to change the color to the targetColor.
\return Pointer to the created particle affector. To add this affector
as new affector of this particle system, just call addAffector(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticleFadeOutAffector* createFadeOutParticleAffector(
const video::SColor& targetColor = video::SColor(0,0,0,0),
u32 timeNeededToFadeOut = 1000) = 0;
//! Creates a gravity affector. This affector modifies the direction
//! of the particle. It assumes that the particle is fired out of the
//! emitter with huge force, but is loosing this after some time
//! and is catched by the gravity then. This affector is ideal for
//! creating things like fountains.
//! \param gravity: Direction and force of gravity.
//! \param timeForceLost: Time in milli seconds when the force
//! of the emitter is totally lost and the particle does not move any more.
//! This is the time where gravity fully affects the particle.
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle affector.
//! To add this affector as new affector of this particle system,
//! just call addAffector(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
//! Creates a gravity affector.
/** This affector modifies the direction of the particle. It assumes
that the particle is fired out of the emitter with huge force, but is
loosing this after some time and is catched by the gravity then. This
affector is ideal for creating things like fountains.
\param gravity: Direction and force of gravity.
\param timeForceLost: Time in milli seconds when the force of the
emitter is totally lost and the particle does not move any more. This
is the time where gravity fully affects the particle.
\return Pointer to the created particle affector. To add this affector
as new affector of this particle system, just call addAffector(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticleGravityAffector* createGravityAffector(
const core::vector3df& gravity = core::vector3df(0.0f,-0.03f,0.0f),
u32 timeForceLost = 1000) = 0;
//! Creates a rotation affector. This affector modifies the positions of the
//! particles and attracts them to a specified point at a specified speed per second.
//! \param speed: Rotation in degrees per second
//! \param pivotPoint: Point to rotate the particles around
//! \return Returns a pointer to the created particle affector.
//! To add this affector as new affector of this particle system,
//! just call addAffector(). Note that you'll have to drop() the
//! returned pointer, after you don't need it any more, see
//! IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations.
//! Creates a rotation affector.
/** This affector modifies the positions of the particles and attracts
them to a specified point at a specified speed per second.
\param speed: Rotation in degrees per second
\param pivotPoint: Point to rotate the particles around
\return Pointer to the created particle affector. To add this affector
as new affector of this particle system, just call addAffector(). Note
that you'll have to drop() the returned pointer, after you don't need
it any more, see IReferenceCounted::drop() for more informations. */
virtual IParticleRotationAffector* createRotationAffector(
const core::vector3df& speed = core::vector3df(5.0f,5.0f,5.0f),
const core::vector3df& pivotPoint = core::vector3df(0.0f,0.0f,0.0f) ) = 0;

8
include/IQ3LevelMesh.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ namespace irr
namespace scene
{
//! Interface for a Mesh which can be loaded directly from a Quake3 .bsp-file.
/** The Mesh tries to load all textures of the map. There are currently
/** The Mesh tries to load all textures of the map. There are currently
no additional methods in this class, but maybe there will be some in later
releases if there are feature requests. */
class IQ3LevelMesh : public IAnimatedMesh
@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ namespace scene
virtual void releaseMesh ( s32 index ) = 0;
//! loads the shader definition
// either from file ( we assume /scripts on fileNameIsValid == 0 )
/** Either from file ( we assume /scripts on fileNameIsValid == 0 ) */
virtual const quake3::SShader * getShader ( const c8 * filename, s32 fileNameIsValid ) = 0;
//! returns a already loaded Shader
virtual const quake3::SShader * getShader ( u32 index ) const = 0;
virtual const quake3::SShader * getShader ( u32 index ) const = 0;
//! get's an interface to the entities
virtual const quake3::tQ3EntityList & getEntityList () = 0;

26
include/IQ3Shader.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt / Thomas Alten
// Copyright (C) 2006-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt / Thomas Alten
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -132,9 +132,7 @@ namespace quake3
}
/*
Maps Quake3 Blend to Irrlicht Material
*/
//! A blend function for a q3 shader.
struct SBlendFunc
{
SBlendFunc ()
@ -176,7 +174,7 @@ namespace quake3
return 1;
u32 ret = 1;
static const c8 * funclist[] = { "lequal","equal" };
static const c8 * funclist[] = { "lequal","equal" };
u32 pos = 0;
switch ( isEqual ( string, pos, funclist, 2 ) )
@ -467,6 +465,7 @@ namespace quake3
core::array < SVarGroup > VariableGroup;
};
//! A Parsed Shader Holding Variables ordered in Groups
class SShader
{
@ -495,7 +494,7 @@ namespace quake3
// Shader: shader name ( also first variable in first Vargroup )
// Entity: classname ( variable in Group(1) )
core::stringc name;
SVarGroupList *VarGroup; // reference
SVarGroupList *VarGroup; // reference
};
typedef SShader SEntity;
@ -579,13 +578,12 @@ namespace quake3
load one or multiple files stored in name started at startPos to the texture array textures
if texture is not loaded 0 will be added ( to find missing textures easier)
*/
inline void getTextures ( tTexArray &textures ,
const core::stringc &name, u32 &startPos,
io::IFileSystem *fileSystem,
video::IVideoDriver* driver
)
inline void getTextures(tTexArray &textures,
const core::stringc &name, u32 &startPos,
io::IFileSystem *fileSystem,
video::IVideoDriver* driver)
{
static const char * extension[2] =
static const char * extension[2] =
{
".jpg",
".tga"
@ -619,9 +617,7 @@ namespace quake3
}
/*!
Manages various Quake3 Shader Styles
*/
//! Manages various Quake3 Shader Styles
class IShaderManager : public IReferenceCounted
{
};

34
include/IReadFile.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -16,33 +16,33 @@ namespace io
class IReadFile : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! Destructor
virtual ~IReadFile() {}
//! Reads an amount of bytes from the file.
//! \param buffer: Pointer to buffer where to read bytes will be written to.
//! \param sizeToRead: Amount of bytes to read from the file.
//! \return Returns how much bytes were read.
/** \param buffer Pointer to buffer where to read bytes will be written to.
\param sizeToRead Amount of bytes to read from the file.
\return How much bytes were read. */
virtual s32 read(void* buffer, u32 sizeToRead) = 0;
//! Changes position in file, returns true if successful.
//! \param finalPos: Destination position in the file.
//! \param relativeMovement: If set to true, the position in the file is
//! changed relative to current position. Otherwise the position is changed
//! from beginning of file.
//! \return Returns true if successful, otherwise false.
//! Changes position in file
/** \param finalPos: Destination position in the file.
\param relativeMovement: If set to true, the position in the file is
changed relative to current position. Otherwise the position is changed
from beginning of file.
\return True if successful, otherwise false. */
virtual bool seek(long finalPos, bool relativeMovement = false) = 0;
//! Returns size of file.
//! \return Returns the size of the file in bytes.
//! Get size of file.
/** \return Size of the file in bytes. */
virtual long getSize() const = 0;
//! Returns the current position in the file.
//! \return Returns the current position in the file in bytes.
//! Get the current position in the file.
/** \return Current position in the file in bytes. */
virtual long getPos() const = 0;
//! Returns name of file.
//! \return Returns the file name as zero terminated character string.
//! Get name of file.
/** \return File name as zero terminated character string. */
virtual const c8* getFileName() const = 0;
};

137
include/IReferenceCounted.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -18,11 +18,11 @@ namespace irr
When you create an object in the Irrlicht engine, calling a method
which starts with 'create', an object is created, and you get a pointer
to the new object. If you no longer need the object, you have
to the new object. If you no longer need the object, you have
to call drop(). This will destroy the object, if grab() was not called
in another part of you program, because this part still needs the object.
Note, that you only need to call drop() to the object, if you created it,
and the method had a 'create' in it.
and the method had a 'create' in it.
A simple example:
@ -54,64 +54,69 @@ namespace irr
}
//! Grabs the object. Increments the reference counter by one.
//! Someone who calls grab() to an object, should later also call
//! drop() to it. If an object never gets as much drop() as grab()
//! calls, it will never be destroyed.
//! The IReferenceCounted class provides a basic reference counting mechanism
//! with its methods grab() and drop(). Most objects of the Irrlicht
//! Engine are derived from IReferenceCounted, and so they are reference counted.
//!
//! When you create an object in the Irrlicht engine, calling a method
//! which starts with 'create', an object is created, and you get a pointer
//! to the new object. If you no longer need the object, you have
//! to call drop(). This will destroy the object, if grab() was not called
//! in another part of you program, because this part still needs the object.
//! Note, that you only need to call drop() to the object, if you created it,
//! and the method had a 'create' in it.
//!
//! A simple example:
//!
//! If you want to create a texture, you may want to call an imaginable method
//! IDriver::createTexture. You call
//! ITexture* texture = driver->createTexture(dimension2d<s32>(128, 128));
//! If you no longer need the texture, call texture->drop().
//! If you want to load a texture, you may want to call imaginable method
//! IDriver::loadTexture. You do this like
//! ITexture* texture = driver->loadTexture("example.jpg");
//! You will not have to drop the pointer to the loaded texture, because
//! the name of the method does not start with 'create'. The texture
//! is stored somewhere by the driver.
/** Someone who calls grab() to an object, should later also
call drop() to it. If an object never gets as much drop() as
grab() calls, it will never be destroyed. The
IReferenceCounted class provides a basic reference counting
mechanism with its methods grab() and drop(). Most objects of
the Irrlicht Engine are derived from IReferenceCounted, and so
they are reference counted.
When you create an object in the Irrlicht engine, calling a
method which starts with 'create', an object is created, and
you get a pointer to the new object. If you no longer need the
object, you have to call drop(). This will destroy the object,
if grab() was not called in another part of you program,
because this part still needs the object. Note, that you only
need to call drop() to the object, if you created it, and the
method had a 'create' in it.
A simple example:
If you want to create a texture, you may want to call an
imaginable method IDriver::createTexture. You call
ITexture* texture = driver->createTexture(dimension2d<s32>(128, 128));
If you no longer need the texture, call texture->drop().
If you want to load a texture, you may want to call imaginable
method IDriver::loadTexture. You do this like
ITexture* texture = driver->loadTexture("example.jpg");
You will not have to drop the pointer to the loaded texture,
because the name of the method does not start with 'create'.
The texture is stored somewhere by the driver. */
void grab() const { ++ReferenceCounter; }
//! Drops the object. Decrements the reference counter by one.
//! Returns true, if the object was deleted.
//! The IReferenceCounted class provides a basic reference counting mechanism
//! with its methods grab() and drop(). Most objects of the Irrlicht
//! Engine are derived from IReferenceCounted, and so they are reference counted.
//!
//! When you create an object in the Irrlicht engine, calling a method
//! which starts with 'create', an object is created, and you get a pointer
//! to the new object. If you no longer need the object, you have
//! to call drop(). This will destroy the object, if grab() was not called
//! in another part of you program, because this part still needs the object.
//! Note, that you only need to call drop() to the object, if you created it,
//! and the method had a 'create' in it.
//!
//! A simple example:
//!
//! If you want to create a texture, you may want to call an imaginable method
//! IDriver::createTexture. You call
//! ITexture* texture = driver->createTexture(dimension2d<s32>(128, 128));
//! If you no longer need the texture, call texture->drop().
//! If you want to load a texture, you may want to call imaginable method
//! IDriver::loadTexture. You do this like
//! ITexture* texture = driver->loadTexture("example.jpg");
//! You will not have to drop the pointer to the loaded texture, because
//! the name of the method does not start with 'create'. The texture
//! is stored somewhere by the driver.
/** The IReferenceCounted class provides a basic reference
counting mechanism with its methods grab() and drop(). Most
objects of the Irrlicht Engine are derived from
IReferenceCounted, and so they are reference counted.
When you create an object in the Irrlicht engine, calling a
method which starts with 'create', an object is created, and
you get a pointer to the new object. If you no longer need the
object, you have to call drop(). This will destroy the object,
if grab() was not called in another part of you program,
because this part still needs the object. Note, that you only
need to call drop() to the object, if you created it, and the
method had a 'create' in it.
A simple example:
If you want to create a texture, you may want to call an
imaginable method IDriver::createTexture. You call
ITexture* texture = driver->createTexture(dimension2d<s32>(128, 128));
If you no longer need the texture, call texture->drop().
If you want to load a texture, you may want to call imaginable
method IDriver::loadTexture. You do this like
ITexture* texture = driver->loadTexture("example.jpg");
You will not have to drop the pointer to the loaded texture,
because the name of the method does not start with 'create'.
The texture is stored somewhere by the driver.
\return True, if the object was deleted. */
bool drop() const
{
_IRR_DEBUG_BREAK_IF(ReferenceCounter <= 0) // someone is doing bad reference counting.
// someone is doing bad reference counting.
_IRR_DEBUG_BREAK_IF(ReferenceCounter <= 0)
--ReferenceCounter;
if (!ReferenceCounter)
@ -123,15 +128,17 @@ namespace irr
return false;
}
//! Returns the reference counter.
//! Get the reference count.
/** \return Current value of the reference counter. */
s32 getReferenceCount() const
{
return ReferenceCounter;
}
//! Returns the debug name of the object. The Debugname may only be set and
//! changed by the object itself. This method should only be used in Debug mode.
//! \return Returns a string, previously set by setDebugName();
//! Returns the debug name of the object.
/** The Debugname may only be set and changed by the object
itself. This method should only be used in Debug mode.
\return Returns a string, previously set by setDebugName(); */
const c8* getDebugName() const
{
return DebugName;
@ -139,17 +146,19 @@ namespace irr
protected:
//! Sets the debug name of the object. The Debugname may only be set and
//! changed by the object itself. This method should only be used in Debug mode.
//! \param newName: New debug name to set.
//! Sets the debug name of the object.
/** The Debugname may only be set and changed by the object
itself. This method should only be used in Debug mode.
\param newName: New debug name to set. */
void setDebugName(const c8* newName)
{
DebugName = newName;
}
private:
//! The reference counter. Mutable to do reference counting on const objects.
mutable s32 ReferenceCounter;
//! The debug name.
const c8* DebugName;
};

179
include/ISceneCollisionManager.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -14,131 +14,136 @@
namespace irr
{
namespace scene
{
class ISceneNode;
class ICameraSceneNode;
class ITriangleSelector;
//! The Scene Collision Manager provides methods for performing collision tests and picking on scene nodes.
//! The Scene Collision Manager provides methods for performing collision tests and picking on scene nodes.
class ISceneCollisionManager : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~ISceneCollisionManager() {}
//! Finds the collision point of a line and lots of triangles, if there is one.
//! \param ray: Line with witch collisions are tested.
//! \param selector: TriangleSelector containing the triangles. It can
//! be created for example using ISceneManager::createTriangleSelector() or
//! ISceneManager::createTriangleOctTreeSelector().
//! \param outCollisionPoint: If a collision is detected, this will contain the
//! position of the nearest collision.
//! \param outTriangle: If a collision is detected, this will contain the triangle
//! with which the ray collided.
//! \return Returns true if a collision was detected and false if not.
/** \param ray: Line with witch collisions are tested.
\param selector: TriangleSelector containing the triangles. It
can be created for example using
ISceneManager::createTriangleSelector() or
ISceneManager::createTriangleOctTreeSelector().
\param outCollisionPoint: If a collision is detected, this will
contain the position of the nearest collision.
\param outTriangle: If a collision is detected, this will
contain the triangle with which the ray collided.
\return True if a collision was detected and false if not. */
virtual bool getCollisionPoint(const core::line3d<f32>& ray,
ITriangleSelector* selector, core::vector3df& outCollisionPoint,
core::triangle3df& outTriangle) = 0;
//! Collides a moving ellipsoid with a 3d world with gravity and returns
//! the resulting new position of the ellipsoid. This can be used for moving
//! a character in a 3d world: The character will slide at walls and is able
//! to walk up stairs. The method used how to calculate the collision result
//! position is based on the paper "Improved Collision detection and Response"
//! by Kasper Fauerby.
//! \param selector: TriangleSelector containing the triangles of the world.
//! It can be created for example using ISceneManager::createTriangleSelector() or
//! ISceneManager::createTriangleOctTreeSelector().
//! \param ellipsoidPosition: Position of the ellipsoid.
//! \param ellipsoidRadius: Radius of the ellipsoid.
//! \param ellipsoidDirectionAndSpeed: Direction and speed of
//! the movement of the ellipsoid.
//! \param triout: Optional parameter where the last triangle causing a
//! collision is stored, if there is a collision.
//! \param outFalling: Is set to true if the ellipsoid is falling down, caused
//! by gravity.
//! \param slidingSpeed: DOCUMENTATION NEEDED.
//! \param gravityDirectionAndSpeed: Direction and force of gravity.
//! \return Returns the new position of the ellipsoid.
//! Collides a moving ellipsoid with a 3d world with gravity and returns the resulting new position of the ellipsoid.
/** This can be used for moving a character in a 3d world: The
character will slide at walls and is able to walk up stairs.
The method used how to calculate the collision result position
is based on the paper "Improved Collision detection and
Response" by Kasper Fauerby.
\param selector: TriangleSelector containing the triangles of
the world. It can be created for example using
ISceneManager::createTriangleSelector() or
ISceneManager::createTriangleOctTreeSelector().
\param ellipsoidPosition: Position of the ellipsoid.
\param ellipsoidRadius: Radius of the ellipsoid.
\param ellipsoidDirectionAndSpeed: Direction and speed of the
movement of the ellipsoid.
\param triout: Optional parameter where the last triangle
causing a collision is stored, if there is a collision.
\param outFalling: Is set to true if the ellipsoid is falling
down, caused by gravity.
\param slidingSpeed: DOCUMENTATION NEEDED.
\param gravityDirectionAndSpeed: Direction and force of gravity.
\return New position of the ellipsoid. */
virtual core::vector3df getCollisionResultPosition(
ITriangleSelector* selector,
const core::vector3df &ellipsoidPosition,
const core::vector3df& ellipsoidRadius,
const core::vector3df& ellipsoidRadius,
const core::vector3df& ellipsoidDirectionAndSpeed,
core::triangle3df& triout,
bool& outFalling,
f32 slidingSpeed = 0.0005f,
const core::vector3df& gravityDirectionAndSpeed
const core::vector3df& gravityDirectionAndSpeed
= core::vector3df(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f)) = 0;
//! Returns a 3d ray which would go through the 2d screen coodinates.
//! \param pos: Screen coordinates in pixels.
//! \param camera: Camera from which the ray starts. If null, the
//! active camera is used.
//! \return Returns a ray starting from the position of the camera
//! and ending at a length of the far value of the camera at a position
//! which would be behind the 2d screen coodinates.
/** \param pos: Screen coordinates in pixels.
\param camera: Camera from which the ray starts. If null, the
active camera is used.
\return Ray starting from the position of the camera and ending
at a length of the far value of the camera at a position which
would be behind the 2d screen coodinates. */
virtual core::line3d<f32> getRayFromScreenCoordinates(
core::position2d<s32> pos, ICameraSceneNode* camera = 0) = 0;
//! Calculates 2d screen position from a 3d position.
//! \param pos: 3D position in world space to be transformed into
//! 2d.
//! \param camera: Camera to be used. If null, the currently active
//! camera is used.
//! \return Returns the 2d screen coordinates which a object in the
//! 3d world would have if it would be rendered to the screen. If the
//! 3d position is behind the camera, it is set to (-10000,-10000). In
//! most cases you can ignore this fact, because if you use this method
//! for drawing a decorator over a 3d object, it will be clipped by the
//! screen borders.
/** \param pos: 3D position in world space to be transformed
into 2d.
\param camera: Camera to be used. If null, the currently active
camera is used.
\return 2d screen coordinates which a object in the 3d world
would have if it would be rendered to the screen. If the 3d
position is behind the camera, it is set to (-10000,-10000). In
most cases you can ignore this fact, because if you use this
method for drawing a decorator over a 3d object, it will be
clipped by the screen borders. */
virtual core::position2d<s32> getScreenCoordinatesFrom3DPosition(
core::vector3df pos, ICameraSceneNode* camera=0) = 0;
//! Returns the scene node, which is currently visible under the overgiven
//! screencoordinates, viewed from the currently active camera. The collision
//! tests are done using a bounding box for each scene node.
//! \param pos: Position in pixel screen coordinates, under which the returned
//! scene node will be.
//! \param idBitMask: Only scene nodes with an id with bits set like in this mask
//! will be tested. If the BitMask is 0, this feature is disabled.
//! \param bNoDebugObjects: Doesn't take debug objects into account when true. These
// are scene nodes with IsDebugObject() = true.
//! \return Returns the visible scene node under screen coordinates with matching
//! bits in its id. If there is no scene node under this position, 0 is returned.
//! Gets the scene node, which is currently visible under the given screencoordinates, viewed from the currently active camera.
/** The collision tests are done using a bounding box for each
scene node.
\param pos: Position in pixel screen coordinates, under which
the returned scene node will be.
\param idBitMask: Only scene nodes with an id with bits set
like in this mask will be tested. If the BitMask is 0, this
feature is disabled.
\param bNoDebugObjects: Doesn't take debug objects into account
when true. These are scene nodes with IsDebugObject() = true.
\return Visible scene node under screen coordinates with
matching bits in its id. If there is no scene node under this
position, 0 is returned. */
virtual ISceneNode* getSceneNodeFromScreenCoordinatesBB(core::position2d<s32> pos,
s32 idBitMask=0, bool bNoDebugObjects = false) = 0;
//! Returns the nearest scene node which collides with a 3d ray and
//! which id matches a bitmask. The collision tests are done using a bounding
//! box for each scene node.
//! \param ray: Line with witch collisions are tested.
//! \param idBitMask: Only scene nodes with an id with bits set like in this mask
//! will be tested. If the BitMask is 0, this feature is disabled.
//! \param bNoDebugObjects: Doesn't take debug objects into account when true. These
// are scene nodes with IsDebugObject() = true.
//! \return Returns the scene node nearest to ray.start, which collides with the
//! ray and matches the idBitMask, if the mask is not null. If no scene
//! node is found, 0 is returned.
virtual ISceneNode* getSceneNodeFromRayBB(core::line3d<f32> ray,
//! Get the nearest scene node which collides with a 3d ray and whose id matches a bitmask.
/** The collision tests are done using a bounding box for each
scene node.
\param ray: Line with witch collisions are tested.
\param idBitMask: Only scene nodes with an id with bits set
like in this mask will be tested. If the BitMask is 0, this
feature is disabled.
\param bNoDebugObjects: Doesn't take debug objects into account
when true. These are scene nodes with IsDebugObject() = true.
\return Scene node nearest to ray.start, which collides with
the ray and matches the idBitMask, if the mask is not null. If
no scene node is found, 0 is returned. */
virtual ISceneNode* getSceneNodeFromRayBB(core::line3d<f32> ray,
s32 idBitMask=0, bool bNoDebugObjects = false) = 0;
//! Returns the scene node, at which the overgiven camera is looking at and
//! which id matches the bitmask. A ray is simply casted from the position
//! of the camera to the view target position, and all scene nodes are tested
//! against this ray. The collision tests are done using a bounding
//! box for each scene node.
//! \param camera: Camera from which the ray is casted.
//! \param idBitMask: Only scene nodes with an id with bits set like in this mask
//! will be tested. If the BitMask is 0, this feature is disabled.
//! \param bNoDebugObjects: Doesn't take debug objects into account when true. These
// are scene nodes with IsDebugObject() = true.
//! \return Returns the scene node nearest to the camera, which collides with the
//! ray and matches the idBitMask, if the mask is not null. If no scene
//! node is found, 0 is returned.
//! Get the scene node, which the overgiven camera is looking at and whose id matches the bitmask.
/** A ray is simply casted from the position of the camera to
the view target position, and all scene nodes are tested
against this ray. The collision tests are done using a bounding
box for each scene node.
\param camera: Camera from which the ray is casted.
\param idBitMask: Only scene nodes with an id with bits set
like in this mask will be tested. If the BitMask is 0, this
feature is disabled.
\param bNoDebugObjects: Doesn't take debug objects into account
when true. These are scene nodes with IsDebugObject() = true.
\return Scene node nearest to the camera, which collides with
the ray and matches the idBitMask, if the mask is not null. If
no scene node is found, 0 is returned. */
virtual ISceneNode* getSceneNodeFromCameraBB(ICameraSceneNode* camera,
s32 idBitMask=0, bool bNoDebugObjects = false) = 0;
};

198
include/ISceneManager.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -50,8 +50,7 @@ namespace scene
specifying when the mode wants to be drawn in relation to the other nodes. */
enum E_SCENE_NODE_RENDER_PASS
{
//! Camera pass. The active view is set up here.
//! The very first pass.
//! Camera pass. The active view is set up here. The very first pass.
ESNRP_CAMERA,
//! In this pass, lights are transformed into camera space and added to the driver
@ -61,15 +60,18 @@ namespace scene
ESNRP_SKY_BOX,
//! All normal objects can use this for registering themselves.
//! This value will never be returned by ISceneManager::getSceneNodeRenderPass().
//! The scene manager will determine by itself if an object is
//! transparent or solid and register the object as SNRT_TRANSPARENT or
//! SNRT_SOLD automatically if you call registerNodeForRendering with this
//! value (which is default). Note that it will register the node only as ONE type.
//! If your scene node has both solid and transparent material types register
//! it twice (one time as SNRT_SOLID, the other time as SNRT_TRANSPARENT) and
//! in the render() method call getSceneNodeRenderPass() to find out the current
//! render pass and render only the corresponding parts of the node.
/** This value will never be returned by
ISceneManager::getSceneNodeRenderPass(). The scene manager
will determine by itself if an object is transparent or solid
and register the object as SNRT_TRANSPARENT or SNRT_SOLD
automatically if you call registerNodeForRendering with this
value (which is default). Note that it will register the node
only as ONE type. If your scene node has both solid and
transparent material types register it twice (one time as
SNRT_SOLID, the other time as SNRT_TRANSPARENT) and in the
render() method call getSceneNodeRenderPass() to find out the
current render pass and render only the corresponding parts of
the node. */
ESNRP_AUTOMATIC,
//! Solid scene nodes or special scene nodes without materials.
@ -78,8 +80,7 @@ namespace scene
//! Drawn after the transparent nodes, the time for drawing shadow volumes
ESNRP_SHADOW,
//! Transparent scene nodes, drawn after shadow nodes. They are sorted from back
//! to front and drawn in that order.
//! Transparent scene nodes, drawn after shadow nodes. They are sorted from back to front and drawn in that order.
ESNRP_TRANSPARENT,
//! Never used, value specifing how much parameters there are.
@ -117,7 +118,7 @@ namespace scene
class SShader;
} // end namespace quake3
//! The Scene Manager manages scene nodes, mesh recources, cameras and all the other stuff.
//! The Scene Manager manages scene nodes, mesh recources, cameras and all the other stuff.
/** All Scene nodes can be created only here. There is a always growing
list of scene nodes for lots of purposes: Indoor rendering scene nodes
like the Octree (addOctTreeSceneNode()) or the terrain renderer
@ -139,7 +140,7 @@ namespace scene
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~ISceneManager() {}
//! Returns pointer to an animateable mesh. Loads the file if not loaded already.
@ -274,7 +275,7 @@ namespace scene
* directory of the SDK. Thanks to Murphy McCauley for
* creating all this.</TD>
* </TR>
* <TR>
* <TR>
* <TD>OGRE Meshes (.mesh)</TD>
* <TD>Ogre .mesh files contain 3D data for the OGRE 3D
* engine. Irrlicht can read and display them directly
@ -336,14 +337,12 @@ namespace scene
virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMesh(const c8* filename) = 0;
//! Returns pointer to an animateable mesh. Loads the file if not loaded already.
/**
* Works just as getMesh(const char* filename)
* If you want to remove a loaded mesh from the cache again, use removeMesh().
* \param file: File handle of the mesh to load.
* \return Returns NULL if failed and the pointer to the mesh if
* successful.
* This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information.
**/
/** Works just as getMesh(const char* filename). If you want to
remove a loaded mesh from the cache again, use removeMesh().
\param file File handle of the mesh to load.
\return NULL if failed and pointer to the mesh if successful.
This pointer should not be dropped. See
IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IAnimatedMesh* getMesh(io::IReadFile* file) = 0;
//! Returns an interface to the mesh cache which is shared beween all existing scene managers.
@ -394,8 +393,9 @@ namespace scene
scene node will be placed.
\param rotation: Initital rotation of the scene node.
\param scale: Initial scale of the scene node.
\return Returns pointer to the created test scene node.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
\return Returns pointer to the created test scene node. This
pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop()
for more information. */
virtual IMeshSceneNode* addCubeSceneNode(f32 size=10.0f, ISceneNode* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
@ -411,8 +411,9 @@ namespace scene
scene node will be placed.
\param rotation: Initital rotation of the scene node.
\param scale: Initial scale of the scene node.
\return Returns pointer to the created test scene node.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
\return Returns pointer to the created test scene node. This
pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop()
for more information. */
virtual IMeshSceneNode* addSphereSceneNode(f32 radius=5.0f, s32 polyCount=16,
ISceneNode* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
@ -456,19 +457,19 @@ namespace scene
//! Adds a scene node for rendering a animated water surface mesh.
/** Looks really good when the Material type EMT_TRANSPARENT_REFLECTION
is used.
\param waveHeight: Height of the water waves.
\param waveSpeed: Speed of the water waves.
\param waveLength: Lenght of a water wave.
\param mesh: Pointer to the loaded static mesh to be displayed with water waves on it.
\param parent: Parent of the scene node. Can be NULL if no parent.
\param id: Id of the node. This id can be used to identify the scene node.
\param position: Position of the space relative to its parent where the
scene node will be placed.
\param rotation: Initital rotation of the scene node.
\param scale: Initial scale of the scene node.
\return Returns pointer to the created scene node.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
is used.
\param waveHeight: Height of the water waves.
\param waveSpeed: Speed of the water waves.
\param waveLength: Lenght of a water wave.
\param mesh: Pointer to the loaded static mesh to be displayed with water waves on it.
\param parent: Parent of the scene node. Can be NULL if no parent.
\param id: Id of the node. This id can be used to identify the scene node.
\param position: Position of the space relative to its parent where the
scene node will be placed.
\param rotation: Initital rotation of the scene node.
\param scale: Initial scale of the scene node.
\return Pointer to the created scene node.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual ISceneNode* addWaterSurfaceSceneNode(IMesh* mesh,
f32 waveHeight=2.0f, f32 waveSpeed=300.0f, f32 waveLength=10.0f,
ISceneNode* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
@ -488,24 +489,24 @@ namespace scene
If a node gets less polys than this value it will not be split into
smaller nodes.
\param alsoAddIfMeshPointerZero: Add the scene node even if a 0 pointer is passed.
\return Returns the pointer to the OctTree if successful, otherwise 0.
\return Pointer to the OctTree if successful, otherwise 0.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual ISceneNode* addOctTreeSceneNode(IAnimatedMesh* mesh, ISceneNode* parent=0,
s32 id=-1, s32 minimalPolysPerNode=256, bool alsoAddIfMeshPointerZero=false) = 0;
//! Adds a scene node for rendering using a octtree to the scene graph.
/** This a good method for rendering
scenes with lots of geometry. The Octree is built on the fly from the mesh, much
faster then a bsp tree.
\param mesh: The mesh containing all geometry from which the octtree will be build.
\param parent: Parent node of the octtree node.
\param id: id of the node. This id can be used to identify the node.
\param minimalPolysPerNode: Specifies the minimal polygons contained a octree node.
If a node gets less polys than this value it will not be split into
smaller nodes.
/** This a good method for rendering scenes with lots of
geometry. The Octree is built on the fly from the mesh, much
faster then a bsp tree.
\param mesh: The mesh containing all geometry from which the octtree will be build.
\param parent: Parent node of the octtree node.
\param id: id of the node. This id can be used to identify the node.
\param minimalPolysPerNode: Specifies the minimal polygons contained a octree node.
If a node gets less polys than this value it will not be split into
smaller nodes.
\param alsoAddIfMeshPointerZero: Add the scene node even if a 0 pointer is passed.
\return Returns the pointer to the octtree if successful, otherwise 0.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
\return Pointer to the octtree if successful, otherwise 0.
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual ISceneNode* addOctTreeSceneNode(IMesh* mesh, ISceneNode* parent=0,
s32 id=-1, s32 minimalPolysPerNode=256, bool alsoAddIfMeshPointerZero=false) = 0;
@ -538,8 +539,7 @@ namespace scene
f32 rotateSpeed = -1500.0f, f32 zoomSpeed = 200.0f,
f32 translationSpeed = 1500.0f, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a camera scene node with an animator which provides
//! mouse and keyboard control like in most first person shooters (FPS).
//! Adds a camera scene node with an animator which provides mouse and keyboard control like in most first person shooters (FPS).
/** Look with the mouse, move with cursor keys. If you do not like the default
key layout, you may want to specify your own. For example to make the camera
be controlled by the cursor keys AND the keys W,A,S, and D, do something
@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ namespace scene
\param parent: Parent scene node of the billboard. Can be null. If the parent moves,
the billboard will move too.
\param position: Position of the space relative to its parent
where the billboard will be placed.
where the billboard will be placed.
\param size: Size of the billboard. This size is 2 dimensional because a billboard only has
width and height.
\param id: An id of the node. This id can be used to identify the node.
@ -654,10 +654,10 @@ namespace scene
\param horiRes: Number of vertices of a horizontal layer of the sphere.
\param vertRes: Number of vertices of a vertical layer of the sphere.
\param texturePercentage: How much of the height of the
texture is used. Should be between 0 and 1.
texture is used. Should be between 0 and 1.
\param spherePercentage: How much of the sphere is drawn.
Value should be between 0 and 2, where 1 is an exact
half-sphere and 2 is a full sphere.
Value should be between 0 and 2, where 1 is an exact
half-sphere and 2 is a full sphere.
\param parent: Parent scene node of the dome. A dome usually has no parent,
so this should be null. Note: If a parent is set, the dome will not
change how it is drawn.
@ -707,15 +707,15 @@ namespace scene
The patch size of the terrain must always be a size of 2^N+1,
i.e. 8+1(9), 16+1(17), etc.
The MaxLOD available is directly dependent on the patch size
of the terrain. LOD 0 contains all of the indices to draw all
the triangles at the max detail for a patch. As each LOD goes
of the terrain. LOD 0 contains all of the indices to draw all
the triangles at the max detail for a patch. As each LOD goes
up by 1 the step taken, in generating indices increases by
-2^LOD, so for LOD 1, the step taken is 2, for LOD 2, the step
taken is 4, LOD 3 - 8, etc. The step can be no larger than
taken is 4, LOD 3 - 8, etc. The step can be no larger than
the size of the patch, so having a LOD of 8, with a patch size
of 17, is asking the algoritm to generate indices every 2^8 (
256 ) vertices, which is not possible with a patch size of 17.
The maximum LOD for a patch size of 17 is 2^4 ( 16 ). So,
The maximum LOD for a patch size of 17 is 2^4 ( 16 ). So,
with a MaxLOD of 5, you'll have LOD 0 ( full detail ), LOD 1 (
every 2 vertices ), LOD 2 ( every 4 vertices ), LOD 3 ( every
8 vertices ) and LOD 4 ( every 16 vertices ).
@ -725,11 +725,11 @@ namespace scene
\param id: Id of the node. This id can be used to identify the scene node.
\param position: The absolute position of this node.
\param rotation: The absolute rotation of this node. ( NOT YET IMPLEMENTED )
\param scale: The scale factor for the terrain. If you're
using a heightmap of size 129x129 and would like your terrain
to be 12900x12900 in game units, then use a scale factor of (
core::vector ( 100.0f, 100.0f, 100.0f ). If you use a Y
scaling factor of 0.0f, then your terrain will be flat.
\param scale: The scale factor for the terrain. If you're
using a heightmap of size 129x129 and would like your terrain
to be 12900x12900 in game units, then use a scale factor of (
core::vector ( 100.0f, 100.0f, 100.0f ). If you use a Y
scaling factor of 0.0f, then your terrain will be flat.
\param vertexColor: The default color of all the vertices. If no texture is associated
with the scene node, then all vertices will be this color. Defaults to white.
\param maxLOD: The maximum LOD (level of detail) for the node. Only change if you
@ -739,10 +739,10 @@ namespace scene
\param smoothFactor: The number of times the vertices are smoothed.
\param addAlsoIfHeightmapEmpty: Add terrain node even with empty heightmap.
\return Returns pointer to the created scene node. Can be null
if the terrain could not be created, for example because the
heightmap could not be loaded. The returned pointer should
not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
information. */
if the terrain could not be created, for example because the
heightmap could not be loaded. The returned pointer should
not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
information. */
virtual ITerrainSceneNode* addTerrainSceneNode(
const c8* heightMapFileName,
ISceneNode* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
@ -763,11 +763,11 @@ namespace scene
\param id: Id of the node. This id can be used to identify the scene node.
\param position: The absolute position of this node.
\param rotation: The absolute rotation of this node. ( NOT YET IMPLEMENTED )
\param scale: The scale factor for the terrain. If you're
using a heightmap of size 129x129 and would like your terrain
to be 12900x12900 in game units, then use a scale factor of (
core::vector ( 100.0f, 100.0f, 100.0f ). If you use a Y
scaling factor of 0.0f, then your terrain will be flat.
\param scale: The scale factor for the terrain. If you're
using a heightmap of size 129x129 and would like your terrain
to be 12900x12900 in game units, then use a scale factor of (
core::vector ( 100.0f, 100.0f, 100.0f ). If you use a Y
scaling factor of 0.0f, then your terrain will be flat.
\param vertexColor: The default color of all the vertices. If no texture is associated
with the scene node, then all vertices will be this color. Defaults to white.
\param maxLOD: The maximum LOD (level of detail) for the node. Only change if you
@ -777,10 +777,10 @@ namespace scene
\param smoothFactor: The number of times the vertices are smoothed.
\param addAlsoIfHeightmapEmpty: Add terrain node even with empty heightmap.
\return Returns pointer to the created scene node. Can be null
if the terrain could not be created, for example because the
heightmap could not be loaded. The returned pointer should
not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
information. */
if the terrain could not be created, for example because the
heightmap could not be loaded. The returned pointer should
not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more
information. */
virtual ITerrainSceneNode* addTerrainSceneNode(
io::IReadFile* heightMapFile,
ISceneNode* parent=0, s32 id=-1,
@ -817,11 +817,10 @@ namespace scene
virtual IDummyTransformationSceneNode* addDummyTransformationSceneNode(
ISceneNode* parent=0, s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a text scene node, which is able to display 2d text at
//! a position in three dimensional space
//! Adds a text scene node, which is able to display 2d text at a position in three dimensional space
virtual ITextSceneNode* addTextSceneNode(gui::IGUIFont* font, const wchar_t* text,
video::SColor color=video::SColor(100,255,255,255),
ISceneNode* parent = 0, const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
ISceneNode* parent = 0, const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0),
s32 id=-1) = 0;
//! Adds a text scene node, which uses billboards
@ -860,7 +859,7 @@ namespace scene
This pointer should not be dropped. See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual IAnimatedMesh* addHillPlaneMesh(const c8* name,
const core::dimension2d<f32>& tileSize, const core::dimension2d<u32>& tileCount,
video::SMaterial* material = 0, f32 hillHeight = 0.0f,
video::SMaterial* material = 0, f32 hillHeight = 0.0f,
const core::dimension2d<f32>& countHills = core::dimension2d<f32>(0.0f, 0.0f),
const core::dimension2d<f32>& textureRepeatCount = core::dimension2d<f32>(1.0f, 1.0f)) = 0;
@ -941,7 +940,7 @@ namespace scene
and null if no scene node could be found. */
virtual ISceneNode* getSceneNodeFromType(scene::ESCENE_NODE_TYPE type, ISceneNode* start=0) = 0;
//! returns scene nodes by type.
//! Get scene nodes by type.
/** \param type: Type of scene node to find.
\param outNodes: array to be filled with results.
\param start: Scene node to start from. All children of this scene
@ -951,7 +950,7 @@ namespace scene
core::array<scene::ISceneNode*>& outNodes,
ISceneNode* start=0) = 0;
//! Returns the current active camera.
//! Get the current active camera.
/** \return The active camera is returned. Note that this can be NULL, if there
was no camera created yet. */
virtual ICameraSceneNode* getActiveCamera() = 0;
@ -988,18 +987,18 @@ namespace scene
//! Creates a rotation animator, which rotates the attached scene node around itself.
/** \param rotationPerSecond: Specifies the speed of the animation
\return Returns the animator. Attach it to a scene node with ISceneNode::addAnimator()
\return The animator. Attach it to a scene node with ISceneNode::addAnimator()
and the animator will animate it.
If you no longer need the animator, you should call ISceneNodeAnimator::drop().
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
virtual ISceneNodeAnimator* createRotationAnimator(const core::vector3df& rotationPerSecond) = 0;
//! Creates a fly circle animator, which lets the attached scene node fly around a center.
//! Creates a fly circle animator, which lets the attached scene node fly around a center.
/** \param center: Center of the circle.
\param radius: Radius of the circle.
\param speed: Specifies the speed of the flight.
\param direction: Specifies the upvector used for alignment of the mesh.
\return Returns the animator. Attach it to a scene node with ISceneNode::addAnimator()
\return The animator. Attach it to a scene node with ISceneNode::addAnimator()
and the animator will animate it.
If you no longer need the animator, you should call ISceneNodeAnimator::drop().
See IReferenceCounted::drop() for more information. */
@ -1007,8 +1006,7 @@ namespace scene
f32 radius, f32 speed=0.001f,
const core::vector3df& direction=core::vector3df ( 0.f, 1.f, 0.f ) ) = 0;
//! Creates a fly straight animator, which lets the attached
//! scene node fly or move along a line between two points.
//! Creates a fly straight animator, which lets the attached scene node fly or move along a line between two points.
/** \param startPoint: Start point of the line.
\param endPoint: End point of the line.
\param timeForWay: Time in milli seconds how long the node should need to
@ -1022,8 +1020,7 @@ namespace scene
virtual ISceneNodeAnimator* createFlyStraightAnimator(const core::vector3df& startPoint,
const core::vector3df& endPoint, u32 timeForWay, bool loop=false) = 0;
//! Creates a texture animator, which switches the textures of
//! the target scene node based on a list of textures.
//! Creates a texture animator, which switches the textures of the target scene node based on a list of textures.
/** \param textures: List of textures to use.
\param timePerFrame: Time in milliseconds, how long any texture in the list
should be visible.
@ -1053,7 +1050,7 @@ namespace scene
to the scene node, the scene node will not be able to move through walls and is
affected by gravity.
\param ellipsoidRadius: Radius of the ellipsoid with which collision detection and
response is done. If you have got a scene node, and you are unsure about
response is done. If you have got a scene node, and you are unsure about
how big the radius should be, you could use the following code to determine
it:
\code
@ -1086,7 +1083,7 @@ namespace scene
It uses a subset of hermite splines: either cardinal splines
(tightness != 0.5) or catmull-rom-splines (tightness == 0.5).
The animator moves from one control point to the next in
1/speed seconds. This code was sent in by Matthias Gall. */
1/speed seconds. This code was sent in by Matthias Gall. */
virtual ISceneNodeAnimator* createFollowSplineAnimator(s32 startTime,
const core::array< core::vector3df >& points,
f32 speed = 1.0f, f32 tightness = 0.5f) = 0;
@ -1231,8 +1228,7 @@ namespace scene
//! Returns a scene node factory by index
virtual ISceneNodeFactory* getSceneNodeFactory(u32 index) = 0;
//! Returns the default scene node animator factory which can
//! create all built-in scene node animators
//! Returns the default scene node animator factory which can create all built-in scene node animators
virtual ISceneNodeAnimatorFactory* getDefaultSceneNodeAnimatorFactory() = 0;
//! Adds a scene node animator factory to the scene manager.
@ -1254,13 +1250,13 @@ namespace scene
//! Creates a new scene manager.
/** This can be used to easily draw and/or store two
independent scenes at the same time. The mesh cache will be
independent scenes at the same time. The mesh cache will be
shared between all existing scene managers, which means if you
load a mesh in the original scene manager using for example
getMesh(), the mesh will be available in all other scene
managers too, without loading.
The original/main scene manager will still be there and
accessible via IrrlichtDevice::getSceneManager(). If you need
accessible via IrrlichtDevice::getSceneManager(). If you need
input event in this new scene manager, for example for FPS
cameras, you'll need to forward input to this manually: Just
implement an IEventReceiver and call

259
include/ISceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -71,18 +71,18 @@ namespace scene
//! This method is called just before the rendering process of the whole scene.
/** Nodes may register themselves in the render pipeline during this call,
precalculate the geometry which should be renderered, and prevent their
children from being able to register themselves if they are clipped by simply
not calling their OnRegisterSceneNode method.
If you are implementing your own scene node, you should overwrite this method
with an implementation code looking like this:
\code
if (IsVisible)
precalculate the geometry which should be renderered, and prevent their
children from being able to register themselves if they are clipped by simply
not calling their OnRegisterSceneNode method.
If you are implementing your own scene node, you should overwrite this method
with an implementation code looking like this:
\code
if (IsVisible)
SceneManager->registerNodeForRendering(this);
ISceneNode::OnRegisterSceneNode();
\endcode
*/
ISceneNode::OnRegisterSceneNode();
\endcode
*/
virtual void OnRegisterSceneNode()
{
if (IsVisible)
@ -95,11 +95,11 @@ namespace scene
//! OnAnimate() is called just before rendering the whole scene.
//! Nodes may calculate or store animations here, and may do other useful things,
//! depending on what they are. Also, OnAnimate() should be called for all
//! child scene nodes here. This method will be called once per frame, independent
//! of whether the scene node is visible or not.
//! \param timeMs Current time in milliseconds.
/** Nodes may calculate or store animations here, and may do other useful things,
depending on what they are. Also, OnAnimate() should be called for all
child scene nodes here. This method will be called once per frame, independent
of whether the scene node is visible or not.
\param timeMs Current time in milliseconds. */
virtual void OnAnimate(u32 timeMs)
{
if (IsVisible)
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ namespace scene
//! Returns the name of the node.
//! \return Name as character string.
/** \return Name as character string. */
virtual const c8* getName() const
{
return Name.c_str();
@ -135,26 +135,26 @@ namespace scene
//! Sets the name of the node.
//! \param name New name of the scene node.
/** \param name New name of the scene node. */
virtual void setName(const c8* name)
{
Name = name;
}
//! Returns the axis aligned, not transformed bounding box of this node.
//! This means that if this node is an animated 3d character, moving in a room,
//! the bounding box will always be around the origin. To get the box in
//! real world coordinates, just transform it with the matrix you receive with
//! getAbsoluteTransformation() or simply use getTransformedBoundingBox(),
//! which does the same.
//! \return The non-transformed bounding box.
//! Get the axis aligned, not transformed bounding box of this node.
/** This means that if this node is an animated 3d character,
moving in a room, the bounding box will always be around the
origin. To get the box in real world coordinates, just
transform it with the matrix you receive with
getAbsoluteTransformation() or simply use
getTransformedBoundingBox(), which does the same.
\return The non-transformed bounding box. */
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
//! Returns the axis aligned, transformed and animated absolute bounding box
//! of this node.
//! \return The transformed bounding box.
//! Get the axis aligned, transformed and animated absolute bounding box of this node.
/** \return The transformed bounding box. */
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32> getTransformedBoundingBox() const
{
core::aabbox3d<f32> box = getBoundingBox();
@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ namespace scene
}
//! returns the absolute transformation of the node. Is recalculated every OnAnimate()-call.
//! Get the absolute transformation of the node. Is recalculated every OnAnimate()-call.
//! \return The absolute transformation matrix.
virtual const core::matrix4& getAbsoluteTransformation() const
{
@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ namespace scene
//! Returns the relative transformation of the scene node.
//! The relative transformation is stored internally as 3 vectors:
//! translation, rotation and scale. To get the relative transformation
//! matrix, it is calculated from these values.
//! \return The relative transformation matrix.
/** The relative transformation is stored internally as 3
vectors: translation, rotation and scale. To get the relative
transformation matrix, it is calculated from these values.
\return The relative transformation matrix. */
virtual core::matrix4 getRelativeTransformation() const
{
core::matrix4 mat;
@ -193,9 +193,10 @@ namespace scene
}
//! Returns true if the node is visible. This is only an option
//! set by the user, but has nothing to do with geometry culling
//! \return The visibility of the node, true means visible.
//! Returns true if the node is visible.
/** This is only an option set by the user, but has nothing to
do with geometry culling
\return The visibility of the node, true means visible. */
virtual bool isVisible() const
{
_IRR_IMPLEMENT_MANAGED_MARSHALLING_BUGFIX;
@ -203,33 +204,38 @@ namespace scene
}
//! Sets if the node should be visible or not. All children of this node won't be visible either, when set to true.
//! \param isVisisble If the node shall be visible.
//! Sets if the node should be visible or not.
/** All children of this node won't be visible either, when set
to true.
\param isVisible If the node shall be visible. */
virtual void setVisible(bool isVisible)
{
IsVisible = isVisible;
}
//! Returns the id of the scene node. This id can be used to identify the node.
//! \return The id.
//! Get the id of the scene node.
/** This id can be used to identify the node.
\return The id. */
virtual s32 getID() const
{
return ID;
}
//! Sets the id of the scene node. This id can be used to identify the node.
//! \param id The new id.
//! Sets the id of the scene node.
/** This id can be used to identify the node.
\param id The new id. */
virtual void setID(s32 id)
{
ID = id;
}
//! Adds a child to this scene node. If the scene node already
//! has a parent it is first removed from the other parent.
//! \param child A pointer to the new child.
//! Adds a child to this scene node.
/** If the scene node already has a parent it is first removed
from the other parent.
\param child A pointer to the new child. */
virtual void addChild(ISceneNode* child)
{
if (child && (child != this))
@ -243,8 +249,9 @@ namespace scene
//! Removes a child from this scene node.
//! \param child A pointer to the new child.
//! \return True if the child could be removed, and false if not.
/** \param child A pointer to the new child.
\return True if the child was removed, and false if not,
e.g. because it couldn't be found in the children list. */
virtual bool removeChild(ISceneNode* child)
{
core::list<ISceneNode*>::Iterator it = Children.begin();
@ -285,7 +292,7 @@ namespace scene
//! Adds an animator which should animate this node.
//! \param animator A pointer to the new animator.
/** \param animator A pointer to the new animator. */
virtual void addAnimator(ISceneNodeAnimator* animator)
{
if (animator)
@ -296,8 +303,8 @@ namespace scene
}
//! Returns a const reference to the list of all scene node animators.
//! \return The list of animators attached to this node.
//! Get a list of all scene node animators.
/** \return The list of animators attached to this node. */
const core::list<ISceneNodeAnimator*>& getAnimators() const
{
return Animators;
@ -305,7 +312,7 @@ namespace scene
//! Removes an animator from this scene node.
//! \param animator A pointer to the animator to be deleted.
/** \param animator A pointer to the animator to be deleted. */
virtual void removeAnimator(ISceneNodeAnimator* animator)
{
core::list<ISceneNodeAnimator*>::Iterator it = Animators.begin();
@ -330,31 +337,33 @@ namespace scene
}
//! Returns the material based on the zero based index i. To get the amount
//! of materials used by this scene node, use getMaterialCount().
//! This function is needed for inserting the node into the scene hierarchy at an
//! optimal position for minimizing renderstate changes, but can also be used
//! to directly modify the material of a scene node.
//! \param num Zero based index. The maximal value is getMaterialCount() - 1.
//! \return The material at that index.
//! Returns the material based on the zero based index i.
/** To get the amount of materials used by this scene node, use
getMaterialCount(). This function is needed for inserting the
node into the scene hierarchy at an optimal position for
minimizing renderstate changes, but can also be used to
directly modify the material of a scene node.
\param num Zero based index. The maximal value is getMaterialCount() - 1.
\return The material at that index. */
virtual video::SMaterial& getMaterial(u32 num)
{
return *((video::SMaterial*)0);
}
//! Returns amount of materials used by this scene node.
//! \return Current amount of materials used by this scene node.
//! Get amount of materials used by this scene node.
/** \return Current amount of materials of this scene node. */
virtual u32 getMaterialCount() const
{
return 0;
}
//! Sets all material flags at once to a new value. Useful, for
//! example, if you want the whole mesh to be affected by light.
//! \param flag Which flag of all materials to be set.
//! \param newvalue New value of that flag.
//! Sets all material flags at once to a new value.
/** Useful, for example, if you want the whole mesh to be
affected by light.
\param flag Which flag of all materials to be set.
\param newvalue New value of that flag. */
void setMaterialFlag(video::E_MATERIAL_FLAG flag, bool newvalue)
{
for (u32 i=0; i<getMaterialCount(); ++i)
@ -362,11 +371,10 @@ namespace scene
}
//! Sets the texture of the specified layer in all materials of this
//! scene node to the new texture.
//! \param textureLayer Layer of texture to be set. Must be a
//! value smaller than MATERIAL_MAX_TEXTURES.
//! \param texture New texture to be used.
//! Sets the texture of the specified layer in all materials of this scene node to the new texture.
/** \param textureLayer Layer of texture to be set. Must be a
value smaller than MATERIAL_MAX_TEXTURES.
\param texture New texture to be used. */
void setMaterialTexture(u32 textureLayer, video::ITexture* texture)
{
if (textureLayer >= video::MATERIAL_MAX_TEXTURES)
@ -377,9 +385,8 @@ namespace scene
}
//! Sets the material type of all materials in this scene node
//! to a new material type.
//! \param newType New type of material to be set.
//! Sets the material type of all materials in this scene node to a new material type.
/** \param newType New type of material to be set. */
void setMaterialType(video::E_MATERIAL_TYPE newType)
{
for (u32 i=0; i<getMaterialCount(); ++i)
@ -440,7 +447,7 @@ namespace scene
//! Gets the abolute position of the node.
//! \return The current absolute position of the scene node.
/** \return The current absolute position of the scene node. */
virtual core::vector3df getAbsolutePosition() const
{
return AbsoluteTransformation.getTranslation();
@ -470,7 +477,7 @@ namespace scene
//! Sets if debug data like bounding boxes should be drawn.
/** A bitwise OR of the types is supported.
Please note that not all scene nodes support this feature.
Please note that not all scene nodes support this feature.
\param state The debug data visibility state to be used. */
virtual void setDebugDataVisible(s32 state)
{
@ -530,29 +537,30 @@ namespace scene
//! Returns the triangle selector attached to this scene node.
//! The Selector can be used by the engine for doing collision
//! detection. You can create a TriangleSelector with
//! ISceneManager::createTriangleSelector() or
//! ISceneManager::createOctTreeTriangleSelector and set it with
//! ISceneNode::setTriangleSelector(). If a scene node got no triangle
//! selector, but collision tests should be done with it, a triangle
//! selector is created using the bounding box of the scene node.
//! \return A pointer to the TriangleSelector or 0, if there
//! is none.
/** The Selector can be used by the engine for doing collision
detection. You can create a TriangleSelector with
ISceneManager::createTriangleSelector() or
ISceneManager::createOctTreeTriangleSelector and set it with
ISceneNode::setTriangleSelector(). If a scene node got no triangle
selector, but collision tests should be done with it, a triangle
selector is created using the bounding box of the scene node.
\return A pointer to the TriangleSelector or 0, if there
is none. */
virtual ITriangleSelector* getTriangleSelector() const
{
return TriangleSelector;
}
//! Sets the triangle selector of the scene node. The Selector can be
//! used by the engine for doing collision detection. You can create a
//! TriangleSelector with ISceneManager::createTriangleSelector() or
//! ISceneManager::createOctTreeTriangleSelector(). Some nodes may
//! create their own selector by default, so it would be good to
//! check if there is already a selector in this node by calling
//! ISceneNode::getTriangleSelector().
//! \param selector New triangle selector for this scene node.
//! Sets the triangle selector of the scene node.
/** The Selector can be used by the engine for doing collision
detection. You can create a TriangleSelector with
ISceneManager::createTriangleSelector() or
ISceneManager::createOctTreeTriangleSelector(). Some nodes may
create their own selector by default, so it would be good to
check if there is already a selector in this node by calling
ISceneNode::getTriangleSelector().
\param selector New triangle selector for this scene node. */
virtual void setTriangleSelector(ITriangleSelector* selector)
{
if (TriangleSelector)
@ -564,7 +572,7 @@ namespace scene
}
//! updates the absolute position based on the relative and the parents position
//! Updates the absolute position based on the relative and the parents position
virtual void updateAbsolutePosition()
{
if (Parent)
@ -578,7 +586,7 @@ namespace scene
//! Returns the parent of this scene node
//! \return A pointer to the parent.
/** \return A pointer to the parent. */
scene::ISceneNode* getParent() const
{
return Parent;
@ -586,7 +594,7 @@ namespace scene
//! Returns type of the scene node
//! \return The type of this node.
/** \return The type of this node. */
virtual ESCENE_NODE_TYPE getType() const
{
return ESNT_UNKNOWN;
@ -594,10 +602,12 @@ namespace scene
//! Writes attributes of the scene node.
//! Implement this to expose the attributes of your scene node for
//! scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml serialization purposes.
//! \param out The attribute container to write into.
//! \param options Additional options which might influence the serialization.
/** Implement this to expose the attributes of your scene node
for scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml
serialization purposes.
\param out The attribute container to write into.
\param options Additional options which might influence the
serialization. */
virtual void serializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* out, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0) const
{
if (!out)
@ -617,10 +627,12 @@ namespace scene
//! Reads attributes of the scene node.
//! Implement this to set the attributes of your scene node for
//! scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml deserialization purposes.
//! \param in The attribute container to read from.
//! \param options Additional options which might influence the deserialization.
/** Implement this to set the attributes of your scene node for
scripting languages, editors, debuggers or xml deserialization
purposes.
\param in The attribute container to read from.
\param options Additional options which might influence the
deserialization. */
virtual void deserializeAttributes(io::IAttributes* in, io::SAttributeReadWriteOptions* options=0)
{
if (!in)
@ -643,27 +655,28 @@ namespace scene
}
//! Creates a clone of this scene node and its children.
//! \param newParent An optional new parent.
//! \param newManager An optional new scene manager.
//! \return The newly created clone of this node.
virtual ISceneNode* clone(ISceneNode* newParent=0, ISceneManager* newManager=0)
{
/** \param newParent An optional new parent.
\param newManager An optional new scene manager.
\return The newly created clone of this node. */
virtual ISceneNode* clone(ISceneNode* newParent=0, ISceneManager* newManager=0)
{
return 0; // to be implemented by derived classes
}
protected:
//! A clone function for the ISceneNode members.
//! this method can be used by clone() implementations of derived classes
//! \param topCopyFrom The node from which the values are copied
//! \param newManager The new scene manager.
/** This method can be used by clone() implementations of
derived classes
\param toCopyFrom The node from which the values are copied
\param newManager The new scene manager. */
void cloneMembers(ISceneNode* toCopyFrom, ISceneManager* newManager)
{
Name = toCopyFrom->Name;
AbsoluteTransformation = toCopyFrom->AbsoluteTransformation;
RelativeTranslation = toCopyFrom->RelativeTranslation;
RelativeRotation = toCopyFrom->RelativeRotation;
RelativeScale = toCopyFrom->RelativeScale;
RelativeScale = toCopyFrom->RelativeScale;
ID = toCopyFrom->ID;
setTriangleSelector(toCopyFrom->TriangleSelector);
AutomaticCullingState = toCopyFrom->AutomaticCullingState;
@ -696,19 +709,19 @@ namespace scene
}
}
//! name of the scene node.
//! Name of the scene node.
core::stringc Name;
//! absolute transformation of the node.
//! Absolute transformation of the node.
core::matrix4 AbsoluteTransformation;
//! relative translation of the scene node.
//! Relative translation of the scene node.
core::vector3df RelativeTranslation;
//! relative rotation of the scene node.
//! Relative rotation of the scene node.
core::vector3df RelativeRotation;
//! relative scale of the scene node.
//! Relative scale of the scene node.
core::vector3df RelativeScale;
//! Pointer to the parent
@ -720,25 +733,25 @@ namespace scene
//! List of all animator nodes
core::list<ISceneNodeAnimator*> Animators;
//! id of the node.
//! ID of the node.
s32 ID;
//! pointer to the scene manager
//! Pointer to the scene manager
ISceneManager* SceneManager;
//! pointer to the triangle selector
//! Pointer to the triangle selector
ITriangleSelector* TriangleSelector;
//! automatic culling
//! Automatic culling state
E_CULLING_TYPE AutomaticCullingState;
//! is the node visible?
//! Is the node visible?
bool IsVisible;
//! flag if debug data should be drawn, such as Bounding Boxes.
//! Flag if debug data should be drawn, such as Bounding Boxes.
s32 DebugDataVisible;
//! is debug object?
//! Is debug object?
bool IsDebugObject;
};

17
include/ISceneNodeAnimator.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -31,18 +31,19 @@ namespace scene
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~ISceneNodeAnimator() {}
//! Animates a scene node.
//! \param node: Node to animate.
//! \param timeMs: Current time in milli seconds.
/** \param node Node to animate.
\param timeMs Current time in milli seconds. */
virtual void animateNode(ISceneNode* node, u32 timeMs) = 0;
//! Creates a clone of this animator.
/** Please note that you will have to drop (IReferenceCounted::drop())
the returned pointer after calling this. */
virtual ISceneNodeAnimator* createClone(ISceneNode* node, ISceneManager* newManager=0)
//! Creates a clone of this animator.
/** Please note that you will have to drop
(IReferenceCounted::drop()) the returned pointer after calling
this. */
virtual ISceneNodeAnimator* createClone(ISceneNode* node, ISceneManager* newManager=0)
{
return 0; // to be implemented by derived classes.
}

102
include/ISceneNodeAnimatorCollisionResponse.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -13,77 +13,79 @@ namespace scene
{
//! Special scene node animator for doing automatic collision detection and response.
/** This scene node animator can be attached to any scene node modifying it in that
way, that it cannot move through walls of the world, is influenced by gravity and
acceleration. This animator is useful for example for first person shooter
games. Attach it for example to a first person shooter camera, and the camera will
behave as the player control in a first person shooter game: The camera stops and
slides at walls, walks up stairs, falls down if there is no floor under it, and so on.
*/
/** This scene node animator can be attached to any scene node
modifying it in that way, that it cannot move through walls of the
world, is influenced by gravity and acceleration. This animator is
useful for example for first person shooter games. Attach it for
example to a first person shooter camera, and the camera will behave as
the player control in a first person shooter game: The camera stops and
slides at walls, walks up stairs, falls down if there is no floor under
it, and so on. */
class ISceneNodeAnimatorCollisionResponse : public ISceneNodeAnimator
{
public:
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~ISceneNodeAnimatorCollisionResponse() {}
//! Returns if the attached scene node is falling, which means that
//! there is no blocking wall from the scene node in the direction of
//! the gravity. The implementation of this method is very fast,
//! no collision detection is done when invoking it.
//! \return Returns true if the scene node is falling, false if not.
//! Check if the attached scene node is falling.
/** Falling means that there is no blocking wall from the scene
node in the direction of the gravity. The implementation of
this method is very fast, no collision detection is done when
invoking it.
\return True if the scene node is falling, false if not. */
virtual bool isFalling() const = 0;
//! Sets the radius of the ellipsoid with which collision detection and
//! response is done. If you have got a scene node, and you are unsure about
//! how big the radius should be, you could use the following code to determine
//! it:
//! \code
//! core::aabbox<f32> box = yourSceneNode->getBoundingBox();
//! core::vector3df radius = box.MaxEdge - box.getCenter();
//! \endcode
//! \param radius: New radius of the ellipsoid.
//! Sets the radius of the ellipsoid for collision detection and response.
/** If you have a scene node, and you are unsure about how big
the radius should be, you could use the following code to
determine it:
\code
core::aabbox<f32> box = yourSceneNode->getBoundingBox();
core::vector3df radius = box.MaxEdge - box.getCenter();
\endcode
\param radius: New radius of the ellipsoid. */
virtual void setEllipsoidRadius(const core::vector3df& radius) = 0;
//! Returns the radius of the ellipsoid with which the collision detection and
//! response is done.
//! \return Radius of the ellipsoid.
//! Returns the radius of the ellipsoid for collision detection and response.
/** \return Radius of the ellipsoid. */
virtual core::vector3df getEllipsoidRadius() const = 0;
//! Sets the gravity of the environment. A good example value would be
//! core::vector3df(0,-100.0f,0) for letting gravity affect all object to
//! fall down. For bigger gravity, make increase the length of the vector.
//! You can disable gravity by setting it to core::vector3df(0,0,0);
//! \param gravity: New gravity vector.
//! Sets the gravity of the environment.
/** A good example value would be core::vector3df(0,-100.0f,0)
for letting gravity affect all object to fall down. For bigger
gravity, make increase the length of the vector. You can
disable gravity by setting it to core::vector3df(0,0,0);
\param gravity: New gravity vector. */
virtual void setGravity(const core::vector3df& gravity) = 0;
//! Returns current vector of gravity.
//! \return Returns the gravity vector.
//! Get current vector of gravity.
//! \return Gravity vector. */
virtual core::vector3df getGravity() const = 0;
//! By default, the ellipsoid for collision detection is created around
//! the center of the scene node, which means that the ellipsoid surrounds
//! it completely. If this is not what you want, you may specify a translation
//! for the ellipsoid.
//! \param translation: Translation of the ellipsoid relative
//! to the position of the scene node.
//! Set translation of the collision ellipsoid.
/** By default, the ellipsoid for collision detection is
created around the center of the scene node, which means that
the ellipsoid surrounds it completely. If this is not what you
want, you may specify a translation for the ellipsoid.
\param translation: Translation of the ellipsoid relative
to the position of the scene node. */
virtual void setEllipsoidTranslation(const core::vector3df &translation) = 0;
//! Returns the translation of the ellipsoid for collision detection. See
//! ISceneNodeAnimatorCollisionResponse::setEllipsoidTranslation() for
//! more details.
//! \return Returns the tranlation of the ellipsoid relative to the position
//! of the scene node.
//! Get the translation of the ellipsoid for collision detection.
/** See
ISceneNodeAnimatorCollisionResponse::setEllipsoidTranslation()
for more details.
\return Translation of the ellipsoid relative to the position
of the scene node. */
virtual core::vector3df getEllipsoidTranslation() const = 0;
//! Sets a triangle selector holding all triangles of the world with which
//! the scene node may collide.
//! \param newWorld: New triangle selector containing triangles to let the
//! scene node collide with.
//! Sets a triangle selector holding all triangles of the world with which the scene node may collide.
/** \param newWorld: New triangle selector containing triangles
to let the scene node collide with. */
virtual void setWorld(ITriangleSelector* newWorld) = 0;
//! Returns the current triangle selector containing all triangles for
//! collision detection.
//! Get the current triangle selector containing all triangles for collision detection.
virtual ITriangleSelector* getWorld() const = 0;
};
} // end namespace scene

14
include/ISceneNodeAnimatorFactory.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ namespace scene
{
class ISceneNode;
class ISceneNodeAnimator;
//! Interface making it possible to dynamicly create scene nodes animators
/** To be able to add custom scene node animators to Irrlicht and to make it possible for the
//! Interface for dynamic creation of scene node animators
/** To be able to add custom scene node animators to Irrlicht and to make it possible for the
scene manager to save and load those external animators, simply implement this
interface and register it in you scene manager via ISceneManager::registerSceneNodeAnimatorFactory.
Note: When implementing your own scene node factory, don't call ISceneNodeManager::grab() to
@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ namespace scene
getCreatableSceneNodeTypeCount() */
virtual ESCENE_NODE_ANIMATOR_TYPE getCreateableSceneNodeAnimatorType(u32 idx) const = 0;
//! returns type name of a createable scene node animator type
//! returns type name of a createable scene node animator type
/** \param idx: Index of scene node animator type in this factory. Must be a value between 0 and
getCreatableSceneNodeAnimatorTypeCount() */
virtual const c8* getCreateableSceneNodeAnimatorTypeName(u32 idx) const = 0;
//! returns type name of a createable scene node animator type
/** \param type: Type of scene node animator.
//! returns type name of a createable scene node animator type
/** \param type: Type of scene node animator.
\return: Returns name of scene node animator type if this factory can create the type, otherwise 0. */
virtual const c8* getCreateableSceneNodeAnimatorTypeName(ESCENE_NODE_ANIMATOR_TYPE type) const = 0;
};

13
include/ISceneNodeFactory.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -11,13 +11,12 @@
namespace irr
{
namespace scene
{
class ISceneNode;
//! Interface making it possible to dynamicly create scene nodes
/** To be able to add custom scene nodes to Irrlicht and to make it possible for the
//! Interface for dynamic creation of scene nodes
/** To be able to add custom scene nodes to Irrlicht and to make it possible for the
scene manager to save and load those external scene nodes, simply implement this
interface and register it in you scene manager via ISceneManager::registerSceneNodeFactory.
Note: When implementing your own scene node factory, don't call ISceneNodeManager::grab() to
@ -56,8 +55,8 @@ namespace scene
getCreatableSceneNodeTypeCount() */
virtual const c8* getCreateableSceneNodeTypeName(u32 idx) const = 0;
//! returns type name of a createable scene node type
/** \param type: Type of scene node.
//! returns type name of a createable scene node type
/** \param type: Type of scene node.
\return: Returns name of scene node type if this factory can create the type, otherwise 0. */
virtual const c8* getCreateableSceneNodeTypeName(ESCENE_NODE_TYPE type) const = 0;
};

6
include/ISceneUserDataSerializer.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ namespace scene
class ISceneNode;
//! Interface to read and write user data to and from .irr files.
/** This interface is to be imlpemented by the user, to make it possible to read
/** This interface is to be imlpemented by the user, to make it possible to read
and write user data when reading or writing .irr files via ISceneManager.
To be used with ISceneManager::loadScene() and ISceneManager::saveScene() */
class ISceneUserDataSerializer
@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ public:
//! Called when the scene manager is writing a scene node to an xml file for example.
/** Implement this method and return a list of attributes containing the user data
you want to be saved together with the scene node. Return 0 if no user data should
you want to be saved together with the scene node. Return 0 if no user data should
be added. Please note that the scene manager will call drop() to the returned pointer
after it no longer needs it, so if you didn't create a new object for the return value
and returning a longer existing IAttributes object, simply call grab() before returning it. */

60
include/IShaderConstantSetCallBack.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -14,9 +14,9 @@ namespace video
class IMaterialRendererServices;
//! Interface making it possible to set constants for gpu programs every frame.
/** Implement this interface in an own class and pass a pointer to it to one of the methods in
IGPUProgrammingServices when creating a shader. The OnSetConstants method will be called
every frame now. */
/** Implement this interface in an own class and pass a pointer to it to one of
the methods in IGPUProgrammingServices when creating a shader. The
OnSetConstants method will be called every frame now. */
class IShaderConstantSetCallBack : public virtual IReferenceCounted
{
public:
@ -48,34 +48,34 @@ public:
//! Called by the engine when the vertex and/or pixel shader constants for an material renderer should be set.
/**
Implement the IShaderConstantSetCallBack in an own class and implement your own
OnSetConstants method using the given IMaterialRendererServices interface.
Pass a pointer to this class to one of the methods in IGPUProgrammingServices
when creating a shader. The OnSetConstants method will now be called every time
before geometry is being drawn using your shader material. A sample implementation
would look like this:
\code
virtual void OnSetConstants(video::IMaterialRendererServices* services, s32 userData)
{
video::IVideoDriver* driver = services->getVideoDriver();
Implement the IShaderConstantSetCallBack in an own class and implement your own
OnSetConstants method using the given IMaterialRendererServices interface.
Pass a pointer to this class to one of the methods in IGPUProgrammingServices
when creating a shader. The OnSetConstants method will now be called every time
before geometry is being drawn using your shader material. A sample implementation
would look like this:
\code
virtual void OnSetConstants(video::IMaterialRendererServices* services, s32 userData)
{
video::IVideoDriver* driver = services->getVideoDriver();
// set clip matrix at register 4
core::matrix4 worldViewProj(driver->getTransform(video::ETS_PROJECTION));
worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_VIEW);
worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_WORLD);
services->setVertexShaderConstant(&worldViewProj.M[0], 4, 4);
// for high level shading languages, this would be another solution:
//services->setVertexShaderConstant("mWorldViewProj", worldViewProj.M, 16);
// set clip matrix at register 4
core::matrix4 worldViewProj(driver->getTransform(video::ETS_PROJECTION));
worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_VIEW);
worldViewProj *= driver->getTransform(video::ETS_WORLD);
services->setVertexShaderConstant(&worldViewProj.M[0], 4, 4);
// for high level shading languages, this would be another solution:
//services->setVertexShaderConstant("mWorldViewProj", worldViewProj.M, 16);
// set some light color at register 9
video::SColorf col(0.0f,1.0f,1.0f,0.0f);
services->setVertexShaderConstant(reinterpret_cast<const f32*>(&col), 9, 1);
// for high level shading languages, this would be another solution:
//services->setVertexShaderConstant("myColor", reinterpret_cast<f32*>(&col), 4);
}
\endcode
\param services: Pointer to an interface providing methods to set the constants for the shader.
\param userData: Userdata int which can be specified when creating the shader.
// set some light color at register 9
video::SColorf col(0.0f,1.0f,1.0f,0.0f);
services->setVertexShaderConstant(reinterpret_cast<const f32*>(&col), 9, 1);
// for high level shading languages, this would be another solution:
//services->setVertexShaderConstant("myColor", reinterpret_cast<f32*>(&col), 4);
}
\endcode
\param services: Pointer to an interface providing methods to set the constants for the shader.
\param userData: Userdata int which can be specified when creating the shader.
*/
virtual void OnSetConstants(IMaterialRendererServices* services, s32 userData) = 0;
};

2
include/IShadowVolumeSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h

10
include/ISkinnedMesh.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -96,19 +96,21 @@ namespace scene
};
//! Animation keyframe which describes a new position, scale or rotation
//! Animation keyframe which describes a new position
struct SPositionKey
{
f32 frame;
core::vector3df position;
};
//! Animation keyframe which describes a new scale
struct SScaleKey
{
f32 frame;
core::vector3df scale;
};
//! Animation keyframe which describes a new rotation
struct SRotationKey
{
f32 frame;
@ -116,10 +118,10 @@ namespace scene
};
//! Joints
struct SJoint
struct SJoint
{
SJoint() : UseAnimationFrom(0), LocalAnimatedMatrix_Animated(false), GlobalSkinningSpace(false),
positionHint(-1),scaleHint(-1),rotationHint(-1)
positionHint(-1),scaleHint(-1),rotationHint(-1)
{
}

110
include/ITerrainSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
// The code for the TerrainSceneNode is based on the terrain renderer by Soconne and
// the GeoMipMapSceneNode developed by Spintz. They made their code available for Irrlicht
// and allowed it to be distributed under this licence. I only modified some parts.
// A lot of thanks go to them.
// The code for the TerrainSceneNode is based on the terrain renderer by
// Soconne and the GeoMipMapSceneNode developed by Spintz. They made their
// code available for Irrlicht and allowed it to be distributed under this
// licence. I only modified some parts. A lot of thanks go to them.
#ifndef __I_TERRAIN_SCENE_NODE_H__
#define __I_TERRAIN_SCENE_NODE_H__
@ -24,48 +24,52 @@ namespace scene
//! A scene node for displaying terrain using the geo mip map algorithm.
/** The code for the TerrainSceneNode is based on the Terrain renderer by Soconne and
* the GeoMipMapSceneNode developed by Spintz. They made their code available for Irrlicht
* and allowed it to be distributed under this licence. I only modified some parts.
* and allowed it to be distributed under this licence. I only modified some parts.
* A lot of thanks go to them.
*
* This scene node is capable of very quickly loading
* terrains and updating the indices at runtime to enable viewing very large terrains. It uses a
* terrains and updating the indices at runtime to enable viewing very large terrains. It uses a
* CLOD ( Continuous Level of Detail ) algorithm which updates the indices for each patch based on
* a LOD ( Level of Detail ) which is determined based on a patch's distance from the camera.
*
* The Patch Size of the terrain must always be a size of ( 2^N+1, i.e. 8+1(9), 16+1(17), etc. ).
* The MaxLOD available is directly dependent on the patch size of the terrain. LOD 0 contains all
* of the indices to draw all the triangles at the max detail for a patch. As each LOD goes up by 1
* The MaxLOD available is directly dependent on the patch size of the terrain. LOD 0 contains all
* of the indices to draw all the triangles at the max detail for a patch. As each LOD goes up by 1
* the step taken, in generating indices increases by - 2^LOD, so for LOD 1, the step taken is 2, for
* LOD 2, the step taken is 4, LOD 3 - 8, etc. The step can be no larger than the size of the patch,
* LOD 2, the step taken is 4, LOD 3 - 8, etc. The step can be no larger than the size of the patch,
* so having a LOD of 8, with a patch size of 17, is asking the algoritm to generate indices every
* 2^8 ( 256 ) vertices, which is not possible with a patch size of 17. The maximum LOD for a patch
* size of 17 is 2^4 ( 16 ). So, with a MaxLOD of 5, you'll have LOD 0 ( full detail ), LOD 1 ( every
* 2^8 ( 256 ) vertices, which is not possible with a patch size of 17. The maximum LOD for a patch
* size of 17 is 2^4 ( 16 ). So, with a MaxLOD of 5, you'll have LOD 0 ( full detail ), LOD 1 ( every
* 2 vertices ), LOD 2 ( every 4 vertices ), LOD 3 ( every 8 vertices ) and LOD 4 ( every 16 vertices ).
**/
class ITerrainSceneNode : public ISceneNode
{
public:
//! constructor
//! Constructor
ITerrainSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f),
const core::vector3df& rotation = core::vector3df(0.0f, 0.0f, 0.0f),
const core::vector3df& scale = core::vector3df(1.0f, 1.0f, 1.0f) )
: ISceneNode (parent, mgr, id, position, rotation, scale) {}
//! destructor
//! Destructor
virtual ~ITerrainSceneNode() {}
//! \return: Returns the bounding box of the entire terrain.
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox ( ) const = 0;
//! Get the bounding box of the terrain.
/** \return The bounding box of the entire terrain. */
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox() const = 0;
//! Returns the bounding box of a patch
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox (s32 patchX, s32 patchZ) const = 0;
//! Get the bounding box of a patch
/** \return The bounding box of the chosen patch. */
virtual const core::aabbox3d<f32>& getBoundingBox(s32 patchX, s32 patchZ) const = 0;
//! Returns the number of indices currently in the meshbuffer for this scene node.
//! Get the number of indices currently in the meshbuffer
/** \return The index count. */
virtual u32 getIndexCount() const = 0;
//! Returns pointer to the mesh
//! Get pointer to the mesh
/** \return Pointer to the mesh. */
virtual IMesh* getMesh() = 0;
@ -74,46 +78,48 @@ namespace scene
//! Gets the meshbuffer data based on a specified level of detail.
/** \param mb: A reference to an SMeshBuffer object
\param LOD: the level of detail you want the indices from. */
/** \param mb A reference to an SMeshBuffer object
\param LOD The level of detail you want the indices from. */
virtual void getMeshBufferForLOD(SMeshBufferLightMap& mb, s32 LOD) const = 0;
//! Gets the indices for a specified patch at a specified Level of Detail.
/** \param indices: A reference to an array of u32 indices.
\param patchX: Patch x coordinate.
\param patchZ: Patch z coordinate.
\param LOD: The level of detail to get for that patch. If -1, then get
the CurrentLOD. If the CurrentLOD is set to -1, meaning it's not shown,
then it will retrieve the triangles at the highest LOD ( 0 ).
\return: Number if indices put into the buffer. */
/** \param indices A reference to an array of u32 indices.
\param patchX Patch x coordinate.
\param patchZ Patch z coordinate.
\param LOD The level of detail to get for that patch. If -1,
then get the CurrentLOD. If the CurrentLOD is set to -1,
meaning it's not shown, then it will retrieve the triangles at
the highest LOD ( 0 ).
\return Number of indices put into the buffer. */
virtual s32 getIndicesForPatch(core::array<u32>& indices,
s32 patchX, s32 patchZ, s32 LOD = 0 ) = 0;
//! Populates an array with the CurrentLOD of each patch.
/** \param LODs: A reference to a core::array<s32> to hold the values
\return: Returns the number of elements in the array */
/** \param LODs A reference to a core::array<s32> to hold the
values
\return Number of elements in the array */
virtual s32 getCurrentLODOfPatches(core::array<s32>& LODs) const = 0;
//! Manually sets the LOD of a patch
/** \param patchX: Patch x coordinate.
\param patchZ: Patch z coordinate.
\param LOD: The level of detail to set the patch to. */
/** \param patchX Patch x coordinate.
\param patchZ Patch z coordinate.
\param LOD The level of detail to set the patch to. */
virtual void setLODOfPatch( s32 patchX, s32 patchZ, s32 LOD ) = 0;
//! Returns center of terrain.
//! Get center of terrain.
virtual const core::vector3df& getTerrainCenter() const = 0;
//! Returns height of a point of the terrain.
//! Get height of a point of the terrain.
virtual f32 getHeight( f32 x, f32 y ) const = 0;
//! Sets the movement camera threshold.
/** It is used to determine when to recalculate
indices for the scene node. The default value is 10.0f. */
indices for the scene node. The default value is 10.0f. */
virtual void setCameraMovementDelta(f32 delta) = 0;
//! Sets the rotation camera threshold.
/** It is used to determine when to recalculate
indices for the scene node. The default value is 1.0f. */
indices for the scene node. The default value is 1.0f. */
virtual void setCameraRotationDelta(f32 delta) = 0;
//! Sets whether or not the node should dynamically update its associated selector when the geomipmap data changes.
@ -121,20 +127,23 @@ namespace scene
virtual void setDynamicSelectorUpdate(bool bVal) = 0;
//! Override the default generation of distance thresholds.
/** For determining the LOD a patch
is rendered at. If any LOD is overridden, then the scene node will no longer apply
scaling factors to these values. If you override these distances, and then apply
a scale to the scene node, it is your responsibility to update the new distances to
work best with your new terrain size. */
/** For determining the LOD a patch is rendered at. If any LOD
is overridden, then the scene node will no longer apply scaling
factors to these values. If you override these distances, and
then apply a scale to the scene node, it is your responsibility
to update the new distances to work best with your new terrain
size. */
virtual bool overrideLODDistance(s32 LOD, f64 newDistance) = 0;
//! Scales the base texture, similar to makePlanarTextureMapping.
/** \param scale: The scaling amount. Values above 1.0 increase the number of time the
texture is drawn on the terrain. Values below 0 will decrease the number of times the
texture is drawn on the terrain. Using negative values will flip the texture, as
well as still scaling it.
\param scale2: If set to 0 (default value), this will set the second texture coordinate set
to the same values as in the first set. If this is another value than zero, it will scale
/** \param scale The scaling amount. Values above 1.0
increase the number of time the texture is drawn on the
terrain. Values below 0 will decrease the number of times the
texture is drawn on the terrain. Using negative values will
flip the texture, as well as still scaling it.
\param scale2 If set to 0 (default value), this will set the
second texture coordinate set to the same values as in the
first set. If this is another value than zero, it will scale
the second texture coordinate set by this value. */
virtual void scaleTexture(f32 scale = 1.0f, f32 scale2 = 0.0f) = 0;
};
@ -143,4 +152,5 @@ namespace scene
} // end namespace irr
#endif // __IGEOMIPMAPSCENENODE_H__
#endif // __I_TERRAIN_SCENE_NODE_H__

4
include/ITextSceneNode.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ class ITextSceneNode : virtual public ISceneNode
public:
//! constructor
ITextSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
ITextSceneNode(ISceneNode* parent, ISceneManager* mgr, s32 id,
const core::vector3df& position = core::vector3df(0,0,0))
: ISceneNode(parent, mgr, id, position) {}

20
include/ITexture.h
View File

@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
// Copyright (C) 2002-2007 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// Copyright (C) 2002-2008 Nikolaus Gebhardt
// This file is part of the "Irrlicht Engine".
// For conditions of distribution and use, see copyright notice in irrlicht.h
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ enum E_TEXTURE_CREATION_FLAG
//! Forces the driver to create 16 bit textures always, independent of
//! which format the file on disk has. When choosing this you may loose
//! some color detail, but gain much speed and memory. 16 bit textures
//! can be transferred twice as fast as 32 bit textures and only use
//! can be transferred twice as fast as 32 bit textures and only use
//! half of the space in memory.
//! When using this flag, it does not make sense to use the flags
//! ETCF_ALWAYS_32_BIT, ETCF_OPTIMIZED_FOR_QUALITY,
@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ enum E_TEXTURE_CREATION_FLAG
ETCF_ALWAYS_16_BIT = 0x00000001,
//! Forces the driver to create 32 bit textures always, independent of
//! which format the file on disk has. Please note that some drivers
//! which format the file on disk has. Please note that some drivers
//! (like the software device) will ignore this, because they are only
//! able to create and use 16 bit textures.
//! When using this flag, it does not make sense to use the flags
@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ enum E_TEXTURE_CREATION_FLAG
//! tries to make the textures look as good as possible.
//! Usually it simply chooses the format in which the texture was stored on disk.
//! When using this flag, it does not make sense to use the flags
//! ETCF_ALWAYS_16_BIT, ETCF_ALWAYS_32_BIT,
//! ETCF_ALWAYS_16_BIT, ETCF_ALWAYS_32_BIT,
//! or ETCF_OPTIMIZED_FOR_SPEED at the same time.
ETCF_OPTIMIZED_FOR_QUALITY = 0x00000004,
ETCF_OPTIMIZED_FOR_QUALITY = 0x00000004,
//! Lets the driver decide in which format the textures are created and
//! tries to create them maximizing render speed.
@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ enum E_TEXTURE_CREATION_FLAG
//! Discard any alpha layer and use non-alpha color format.
ETCF_NO_ALPHA_CHANNEL = 0x00000020,
//! This flag is never used, it only forces the compiler to
//! This flag is never used, it only forces the compiler to
//! compile these enumeration values to 32 bit.
ETCF_FORCE_32_BIT_DO_NOT_USE = 0x7fffffff
};
@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ public:
//! destructor
virtual ~ITexture() {}
//! Lock function.
/** Locks the Texture and returns a pointer to access the
//! Lock function.
/** Locks the Texture and returns a pointer to access the
pixels. After lock() has been called and all operations on the pixels
are done, you must call unlock().
\return Returns a pointer to the pixel data. The format of the pixel can
@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ public:
of the texture file it was loaded from was not a power of two. This returns
the size of the texture, it had before it was scaled. Can be useful
when drawing 2d images on the screen, which should have the exact size
of the original texture. Use ITexture::getSize() if you want to know
of the original texture. Use ITexture::getSize() if you want to know
the real size it has now stored in the system.
\return Returns the original size of the texture. */
virtual const core::dimension2d<s32>& getOriginalSize() const = 0;
@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ public:
/** \return Returns the size of the texture. */
virtual const core::dimension2d<s32>& getSize() const = 0;
//! Returns driver type of texture.
//! Returns driver type of texture.
/** This is the driver, which created the texture.
This method is used internally by the video devices, to check, if they may
use a texture because textures may be incompatible between different

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More